US20100137401A1 - 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals - Google Patents
2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20100137401A1 US20100137401A1 US12/698,261 US69826110A US2010137401A1 US 20100137401 A1 US20100137401 A1 US 20100137401A1 US 69826110 A US69826110 A US 69826110A US 2010137401 A1 US2010137401 A1 US 2010137401A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- cycloalkyl
- aryl
- heterocycloalkyl
- heteroaryl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 *C(*)(NC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C([4*])([5*])C.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CCl.CNC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1.[1*]C(C)(C)C(=O)N([2*])[3*].[1*]C(C)(C)C(=O)N([3*])C([4*])([5*])C.[1*]C(C)(C)C(=O)NC.[2*]N([3*])C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC.[3*]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C([4*])([5*])C.[3*]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1([6*])CC1.[4*]C([5*])(C)NC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound *C(*)(NC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C([4*])([5*])C.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CCl.CNC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1.[1*]C(C)(C)C(=O)N([2*])[3*].[1*]C(C)(C)C(=O)N([3*])C([4*])([5*])C.[1*]C(C)(C)C(=O)NC.[2*]N([3*])C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC.[3*]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C([4*])([5*])C.[3*]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1([6*])CC1.[4*]C([5*])(C)NC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 0.000 description 88
- GHDVOWKMAPSDGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CCl.CNC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC.CCl.CNC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 GHDVOWKMAPSDGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NZNSSTIEANCFLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1CCOC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1CCOC1 NZNSSTIEANCFLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ULXFLSPUFFPEGH-DLBZAZTESA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H]1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C[C@@H]1O Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H]1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C[C@@H]1O ULXFLSPUFFPEGH-DLBZAZTESA-N 0.000 description 2
- YGHOZONJDUKKIT-WPZCJLIBSA-N [H]N(CC1CCCC[C@H]1O)C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(CC1CCCC[C@H]1O)C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 YGHOZONJDUKKIT-WPZCJLIBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QWGAWOQGDDHUJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N BrCCN1CC[U]CC1.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OC2CC[U]CC2)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCCN2CC[U]CC2)C=C1.O=S(=O)(OC1CC[U]CC1)C(F)(F)F.[NaH] Chemical compound BrCCN1CC[U]CC1.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OC2CC[U]CC2)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCCN2CC[U]CC2)C=C1.O=S(=O)(OC1CC[U]CC1)C(F)(F)F.[NaH] QWGAWOQGDDHUJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUBJZRGMPLDMJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CCC.CCCC(C)(C)C#N.CCCC(C)(C)C(=O)O.CCCCC#N.N#CCCl.O[K] Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CCC.CCCC(C)(C)C#N.CCCC(C)(C)C(=O)O.CCCCC#N.N#CCCl.O[K] PUBJZRGMPLDMJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- URGUGLKYBOYGIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC.CC.CC.CC.CCN(CC)CC.CS(=O)(=O)Cl.CS(=O)(=O)OC1CC[U]C1.NC1CC[U]C1.OC1CC[U]C1.[N-]=[N+]=NC1CC[U]C1.[N-]=[N+]=N[Na] Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC.CC.CC.CC.CCN(CC)CC.CS(=O)(=O)Cl.CS(=O)(=O)OC1CC[U]C1.NC1CC[U]C1.OC1CC[U]C1.[N-]=[N+]=NC1CC[U]C1.[N-]=[N+]=N[Na] URGUGLKYBOYGIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHAZXLSRUOHWMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(C)(C(=O)O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(C)(C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(CC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(C)(C(=O)O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(C)(C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(CC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 NHAZXLSRUOHWMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVORZCRUEDHZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-L C.C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C([Ar])C=C1.CC(=O)O[Pd]OC(C)=O.O=S(=O)(OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F.OBO.[Ar] Chemical compound C.C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C([Ar])C=C1.CC(=O)O[Pd]OC(C)=O.O=S(=O)(OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F.OBO.[Ar] JVORZCRUEDHZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- IMYKRAOHHXYDDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O[Ar])C=C1.OBO.[Ar] Chemical compound C.C.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O[Ar])C=C1.OBO.[Ar] IMYKRAOHHXYDDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKUSAEAZMYBJMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1CCCC1.CC Chemical compound C1CCCC1.CC ZKUSAEAZMYBJMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTGVJHSAYOFFTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CCOC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 Chemical compound C=CCOC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 QTGVJHSAYOFFTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYVCUHHTCILZHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C(=O)N(C1CCCC1)C1CC1)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C(=O)N(C1CCCC1)C1CC1)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 TYVCUHHTCILZHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRLZQCQXEKBAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C(=O)NC1C2CCC(C2)C1CO)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C(=O)NC1C2CCC(C2)C1CO)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 GRLZQCQXEKBAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYSXLIVVDSRNFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 ZYSXLIVVDSRNFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USWQWMWOFBZTOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 USWQWMWOFBZTOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMKSPABBYBFOLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCC(=O)O)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCC(=O)O)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 WMKSPABBYBFOLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGJLGXVBWFJTOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCC(F)(F)F)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCC(F)(F)F)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 WGJLGXVBWFJTOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNKXGCQFZNXIQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 RNKXGCQFZNXIQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXLOCUZPMLSCMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCCCO)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(SC1=CC=C(OCCCO)C=C1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 NXLOCUZPMLSCMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MEWKEFKYSLHXHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)NC1C2CCC(C2)C1CO Chemical compound CC(C)(SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)NC1C2CCC(C2)C1CO MEWKEFKYSLHXHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYGHXQNQIUVOES-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O Chemical compound CC(C)(SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O UYGHXQNQIUVOES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCBUIDVUHWBFCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(=O)NC1C2CCC(C2)C1CO Chemical compound CC(C)(SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(=O)NC1C2CCC(C2)C1CO KCBUIDVUHWBFCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLNLCZVSXXEGCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)C1CCOC1.CCCC Chemical compound CC(C)C1CCOC1.CCCC BLNLCZVSXXEGCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEVOXESJEIFJJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC(C)C1CCOC1 Chemical compound CC.CC(C)C1CCOC1 PEVOXESJEIFJJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIEOLQHCMBKNBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC(=O)COC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCOC(=O)COC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 QIEOLQHCMBKNBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJQWNJXKECVEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 BJQWNJXKECVEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJHOXCOFIBXOSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 FJHOXCOFIBXOSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDWXMWAKTCZSNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C-]#[N+]COC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 Chemical compound [C-]#[N+]COC1=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 BDWXMWAKTCZSNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRGIENGJMHQHAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LRGIENGJMHQHAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFLHCJIYVPYIRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 OFLHCJIYVPYIRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGSFTGHPRUPOCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 SGSFTGHPRUPOCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBKKZZBIUSVCQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(CC)CC1=CC=C(C)C(O)=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(CC)CC1=CC=C(C)C(O)=C1 SBKKZZBIUSVCQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTZNKWSSMDHLLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1(CO)CCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1(CO)CCCC1 JTZNKWSSMDHLLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIYVIAVUVSHNFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 VIYVIAVUVSHNFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUISOQCJBMMJQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C1CCCCC1 SUISOQCJBMMJQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDNDZJKBTNRMEG-ZDUSSCGKSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H](C)C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H](C)C1CCCCC1 GDNDZJKBTNRMEG-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRVLAABWWCMEBE-GUYCJALGSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HRVLAABWWCMEBE-GUYCJALGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKTLIUQWYYSOGZ-QGZVFWFLSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H](CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H](CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CKTLIUQWYYSOGZ-QGZVFWFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMYNXGJVVQJYEC-DLBZAZTESA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H]1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C[C@@H]1O Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H]1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C[C@@H]1O FMYNXGJVVQJYEC-DLBZAZTESA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQPCWFYPMCXHEH-GOSISDBHSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 NQPCWFYPMCXHEH-GOSISDBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XARCMGHUOZUUIW-KRWDZBQOSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@H](CO)CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@H](CO)CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2 XARCMGHUOZUUIW-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMJUTIGJBCIOQZ-SFHVURJKSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@H](COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@H](COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VMJUTIGJBCIOQZ-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQPCWFYPMCXHEH-SFHVURJKSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)[C@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 NQPCWFYPMCXHEH-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDUGFQQLCYMSHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 DDUGFQQLCYMSHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPTYOEJDORVGQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 GPTYOEJDORVGQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CUSCDMDTVZVISZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 CUSCDMDTVZVISZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOCDNVVMPDPRSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(CC)CC1=CC=C(C)C(O)=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C(CC)CC1=CC=C(C)C(O)=C1 YOCDNVVMPDPRSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPRCEDXEIHBUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1(CO)CCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1(CO)CCCC1 NPRCEDXEIHBUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPFICXQFAVBWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 QPFICXQFAVBWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKPKIHKWEMXNSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCCCC1 VKPKIHKWEMXNSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTFBHUPDTWDDAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCOC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCOC1 PTFBHUPDTWDDAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRCDWEADFYLQBH-AWEZNQCLSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H](C)C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H](C)C1CCCCC1 NRCDWEADFYLQBH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVBWMSGCKYCUOR-YOEHRIQHSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HVBWMSGCKYCUOR-YOEHRIQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSWAGIKPILLSLR-MRXNPFEDSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H](CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H](CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 DSWAGIKPILLSLR-MRXNPFEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANAGHVROFRZZBI-GOSISDBHSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 ANAGHVROFRZZBI-GOSISDBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZIDZMIUYRCACL-NHCUHLMSSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H]1CCCC[C@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@@H]1CCCC[C@H]1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HZIDZMIUYRCACL-NHCUHLMSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRMSDDTUEADKON-INIZCTEOSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@H](CO)CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@H](CO)CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2 YRMSDDTUEADKON-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AQZMLZZJWJTJLA-KRWDZBQOSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@H](COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@H](COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 AQZMLZZJWJTJLA-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANAGHVROFRZZBI-SFHVURJKSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1)[C@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 ANAGHVROFRZZBI-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSGKHRRUNQCERT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VSGKHRRUNQCERT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWJPHAYQJVPTPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 GWJPHAYQJVPTPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHXOTDGBOPAKKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YHXOTDGBOPAKKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZCRAYFUWMEKST-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(CC)CC1=CC=C(C)C(O)=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C(CC)CC1=CC=C(C)C(O)=C1 OZCRAYFUWMEKST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMHRFYAWZSNWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1(CO)CCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1(CO)CCCC1 AMHRFYAWZSNWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPLIFMUKHRTSRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1CC1C1=CC=CC=C1 NPLIFMUKHRTSRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLTDOFWXOYOWPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1CCCCC1 NLTDOFWXOYOWPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OACTWMKMHJLHIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1CCOC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)C1CCOC1 OACTWMKMHJLHIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCYPYNIEECBFHT-AWEZNQCLSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H](C)C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H](C)C1CCCCC1 VCYPYNIEECBFHT-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNFXWWFHUQLPBS-KSSFIOAISA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 JNFXWWFHUQLPBS-KSSFIOAISA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJMNSZUWXXTAMS-QGZVFWFLSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H](CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H](CO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OJMNSZUWXXTAMS-QGZVFWFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFCUFMGVRLSBHZ-ZWKOTPCHSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H]1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C[C@@H]1O Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H]1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C[C@@H]1O DFCUFMGVRLSBHZ-ZWKOTPCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRAFJTVSVNKAJJ-LJQANCHMSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 WRAFJTVSVNKAJJ-LJQANCHMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBAKQLXIXHRWLZ-HUUCEWRRSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H]1CCCC[C@H]1O Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@@H]1CCCC[C@H]1O VBAKQLXIXHRWLZ-HUUCEWRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZHMVSIIXOCEHGX-KRWDZBQOSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@H](CO)CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@H](CO)CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2 ZHMVSIIXOCEHGX-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVPMHIKBMXWWHY-SFHVURJKSA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@H](COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@H](COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZVPMHIKBMXWWHY-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRAFJTVSVNKAJJ-IBGZPJMESA-N [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl)[C@H]1CCCC2=C1C=CC=C2 WRAFJTVSVNKAJJ-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJHSBOOCOWMAMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CC(C)(C)CO)C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(CC(C)(C)CO)C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 YJHSBOOCOWMAMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMSXVHCKULNNPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CC(C)(C)CO)C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(CC(C)(C)CO)C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 VMSXVHCKULNNPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSANCHMVYHNYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CC(C)(C)CO)C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl Chemical compound [H]N(CC(C)(C)CO)C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl GSANCHMVYHNYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXCNHRBSDAFTTO-AWKYBWMHSA-N [H]N(CC1CCCC[C@H]1O)C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(CC1CCCC[C@H]1O)C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 QXCNHRBSDAFTTO-AWKYBWMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUFMHACSNWMNHT-FQNRMIAFSA-N [H]N(CC1CCCC[C@H]1O)C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl Chemical compound [H]N(CC1CCCC[C@H]1O)C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl SUFMHACSNWMNHT-FQNRMIAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOACGMASSUCCAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CC1COC2=C(C=CC=C2)O1)C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(CC1COC2=C(C=CC=C2)O1)C(=O)C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 BOACGMASSUCCAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUUCJOSFJSSXGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CC1COC2=C(C=CC=C2)O1)C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]N(CC1COC2=C(C=CC=C2)O1)C(=O)C(C)(C)SC1=CC=CC=C1 RUUCJOSFJSSXGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWIWRRZTNJFXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CC1COC2=C(C=CC=C2)O1)C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl Chemical compound [H]N(CC1COC2=C(C=CC=C2)O1)C(=O)C(C)(C)SCC1=CC=CC=C1Cl KWIWRRZTNJFXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/02—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having nitrogen atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to carbon atoms of unsubstituted hydrocarbon radicals
- C07C233/11—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having nitrogen atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to carbon atoms of unsubstituted hydrocarbon radicals with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/12—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by halogen atoms or by nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C233/13—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by halogen atoms or by nitro or nitroso groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
- C07C233/17—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/19—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a saturated carbon skeleton containing rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
- C07C233/17—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/22—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
- C07C233/23—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/04—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
- C07C235/18—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having at least one of the singly-bound oxygen atoms further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring, e.g. phenoxyacetamides
- C07C235/22—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having at least one of the singly-bound oxygen atoms further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring, e.g. phenoxyacetamides having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
- C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C323/51—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
- C07C323/60—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton with the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxyl groups bound to nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/10—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/14—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/10—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/14—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
- C07D209/16—Tryptamines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D307/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D307/22—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
- C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
- C07D319/20—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring with substituents attached to the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
- C07C2601/08—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
- C07C2601/14—The ring being saturated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
- C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
- C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C2602/08—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being five-membered, e.g. indane
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
- C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
- C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C2602/10—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being six-membered, e.g. tetraline
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
- C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
- C07C2602/14—All rings being cycloaliphatic
- C07C2602/26—All rings being cycloaliphatic the ring system containing ten carbon atoms
- C07C2602/28—Hydrogenated naphthalenes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
- C07C2602/36—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having more than two atoms in common
- C07C2602/42—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having more than two atoms in common the bicyclo ring system containing seven carbon atoms
Definitions
- the present invention relates to modulators of 11- ⁇ hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 (11 ⁇ HSD1) and/or mineralocorticoid receptor (MR), compositions thereof and methods of using the same.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 11- ⁇ hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1
- MR mineralocorticoid receptor
- Glucocorticoids are steroid hormones that regulate fat metabolism, function and distribution. In vertebrates, glucocorticoids also have profound and diverse physiological effects on development, neurobiology, inflammation, blood pressure, metabolism and programmed cell death. In humans, the primary endogenously-produced glucocorticoid is cortisol. Cortisol is synthesized in the zona fasciculate of the adrenal cortex under the control of a short-term neuroendocrine feedback circuit called the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. Adrenal production of cortisol proceeds under the control of adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH), a factor produced and secreted by the anterior pituitary.
- ACTH adrenocorticotrophic hormone
- Aldosterone is another hormone produced by the adrenal cortex; aldosterone regulates sodium and potassium homeostasis. Fifty years ago, a role for aldosterone excess in human disease was reported in a description of the syndrome of primary aldosteronism (Conn, (1955), J. Lab. Clin. Med. 45: 6-17). It is now clear that elevated levels of aldosterone are associated with deleterious effects on the heart and kidneys, and are a major contributing factor to morbidity and mortality in both heart failure and hypertension.
- glucocorticoid receptor GR
- mineralocorticoid receptor MR
- cortisol a member of the nuclear hormone receptor superfamily
- GR glucocorticoid receptor
- MR mineralocorticoid receptor
- ligand-dependent transcription factors because their functionality is dependent on the receptor being bound to its ligand (for example, cortisol); upon ligand-binding these receptors directly modulate transcription via DNA-binding zinc finger domains and transcriptional activation domains.
- glucocorticoid action was attributed to three primary factors: 1) circulating levels of glucocorticoid (driven primarily by the HPA axis), 2) protein binding of glucocorticoids in circulation, and 3) intracellular receptor density inside target tissues.
- tissue-specific pre-receptor metabolism by glucocorticoid-activating and -inactivating enzymes.
- 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (11- ⁇ -HSD) enzymes act as pre-receptor control enzymes that modulate activation of the GR and MR by regulation of glucocorticoid hormones.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 also known as 11-beta-HSD type 1, 11betaHSD1, HSD11B1, HDL, and HSD11L
- 11 ⁇ HSD2 catalyze the interconversion of hormonally active cortisol (corticosterone in rodents) and inactive cortisone (11-dehydrocorticosterone in rodents).
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 is widely distributed in rat and human tissues; expression of the enzyme and corresponding mRNA have been detected in lung, testis, and most abundantly in liver and adipose tissue.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 catalyzes both 11-beta-dehydrogenation and the reverse 11-oxoreduction reaction, although 11 ⁇ HSD1 acts predominantly as a NADPH-dependent oxoreductase in intact cells and tissues, catalyzing the activation of cortisol from inert cortisone (Low et al. (1994) J. Mol. Endocrin. 13: 167-174) and has been reported to regulate glucocorticoid access to the GR.
- 11 ⁇ HSD2 expression is found mainly in mineralocorticoid target tissues such as kidney, placenta, colon and salivary gland, acts as an NAD-dependent dehydrogenase catalyzing the inactivation of cortisol to cortisone (Albiston et al. (1994) Mol. Cell. Endocrin. 105: R11-R17), and has been found to protect the MR from glucocorticoid excess, such as high levels of receptor-active cortisol (Blum, et al., (2003) Prog. Nucl. Acid Res. Mol. Biol. 75:173-216).
- the MR binds cortisol and aldosterone with equal affinity.
- the tissue specificity of aldosterone activity is conferred by the expression of 11 ⁇ HSD2 (Funder et al. (1988), Science 242: 583-585).
- the inactivation of cortisol to cortisone by 11 ⁇ HSD2 at the site of the MR enables aldosterone to bind to this receptor in vivo.
- the binding of aldosterone to the MR results in dissociation of the ligand-activated MR from a multiprotein complex containing chaperone proteins, translocation of the MR into the nucleus, and its binding to hormone response elements in regulatory regions of target gene promoters.
- sgk-1 serum and glucocorticoid inducible kinase-1 (sgk-1) expression leads to the absorption of Na + ions and water through the epithelial sodium channel, as well as potassium excretion with subsequent volume expansion and hypertension (Bhargava et al., (2001), Endo 142: 1587-1594).
- ACE angiotensin-converting enzyme
- AT1R angiotensin type 1 receptor
- RAAS rennin-angiotensin-aldosterone system
- MR antagonism may be an important treatment strategy for many patients with hypertension and cardiovascular disease, particularly those hypertensive patients at risk for target-organ damage.
- 11-beta-HSD2 is expressed in aldosterone-sensitive tissues such as the distal nephron, salivary gland, and colonic mucosa where its cortisol dehydrogenase activity serves to protect the intrinsically non-selective MR from illicit occupation by cortisol (Edwards et al. (1988) Lancet 2: 986-989).
- mutations in 11 ⁇ HSD1 a primary regulator of tissue-specific glucocorticoid bioavailability, and in the gene encoding a co-localized NADPH-generating enzyme, hexose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase (H6PD)
- CRD cortisone reductase deficiency
- CRD patients excrete virtually all glucocorticoids as cortisone metabolites (tetrahydrocortisone) with low or absent cortisol metabolites (tetrahydrocortisols).
- CRD patients When challenged with oral cortisone, CRD patients exhibit abnormally low plasma cortisol concentrations. These individuals present with ACTH-mediated androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism), a phenotype resembling polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) (Draper et al. (2003) Nat. Genet. 34: 434-439).
- PCOS polycystic ovary syndrome
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 Given the ability of 11 ⁇ HSD1 to regenerate cortisol from inert circulating cortisone, considerable attention has been given to its role in the amplification of glucocorticoid function. 11 ⁇ HSD1 is expressed in many key GR-rich tissues, including tissues of considerable metabolic importance such as liver, adipose, and skeletal muscle, and, as such, has been postulated to aid in the tissue-specific potentiation of glucocorticoid-mediated antagonism of insulin function.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 has been shown to be upregulated in adipose tissue of obese rodents and humans (Livingstone et al. (2000) Endocrinology 131: 560-563; Rask et al. (2001) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 86: 1418-1421; Lindsay et al. (2003) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 88: 2738-2744; Wake et al. (2003) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 88: 3983-3988).
- mice are completely devoid of 11-keto reductase activity, confirming that 11 ⁇ HSD1 encodes the only activity capable of generating active corticosterone from inert 11-dehydrocorticosterone.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1-deficient mice are resistant to diet- and stress-induced hyperglycemia, exhibit attenuated induction of hepatic gluconeogenic enzymes (PEPCK, G6P), show increased insulin sensitivity within adipose, and have an improved lipid profile (decreased triglycerides and increased cardio-protective HDL). Additionally, these animals show resistance to high fat diet-induced obesity.
- PPCK hepatic gluconeogenic enzymes
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 plays a role in the pathogenesis of central obesity and the appearance of the metabolic syndrome in humans. Increased expression of the 11 ⁇ HSD1 gene is associated with metabolic abnormalities in obese women and that increased expression of this gene is suspected to contribute to the increased local conversion of cortisone to cortisol in adipose tissue of obese individuals (Engeli, et al., (2004) Obes. Res. 12: 9-17).
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 inhibitors the arylsulfonamidothiazoles
- arylsulfonamidothiazoles were shown to improve hepatic insulin sensitivity and reduce blood glucose levels in hyperglycemic strains of mice (Barf et al. (2002) J. Med. Chem. 45: 3813-3815; Alberts et al. Endocrinology (2003) 144: 4755-4762).
- selective inhibitors of 11 ⁇ HSD1 can ameliorate severe hyperglycemia in genetically diabetic obese mice.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 is a promising pharmaceutical target for the treatment of the Metabolic Syndrome (Masuzaki, et al., (2003) Curr. Drug Targets Immune Endocr. Metabol. Disord. 3: 255-62).
- Glucocorticoids are known antagonists of insulin action, and reductions in local glucocorticoid levels by inhibition of intracellular cortisone to cortisol conversion should increase hepatic and/or peripheral insulin sensitivity and potentially reduce visceral adiposity.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 knockout mice are resistant to hyperglycemia, exhibit attenuated induction of key hepatic gluconeogenic enzymes, show markedly increased insulin sensitivity within adipose, and have an improved lipid profile. Additionally, these animals show resistance to high fat diet-induced obesity (Kotelevstev et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 94: 14924-14929; Morton et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276: 41293-41300; Morton et al. (2004) Diabetes 53: 931-938).
- inhibition of 11 ⁇ HSD1 is predicted to have multiple beneficial effects in the liver, adipose, and/or skeletal muscle, particularly related to alleviation of component(s) of the metabolic syndrome and/or obesity.
- Glucocorticoids are known to inhibit the glucose-stimulated secretion of insulin from pancreatic beta-cells (Billaudel and Sutter (1979) Horm. Metab. Res. 11: 555-560). In both Cushing's syndrome and diabetic Zucker fa/fa rats, glucose-stimulated insulin secretion is markedly reduced (Ogawa et al. (1992) J. Clin. Invest. 90: 497-504). 11 ⁇ HSD1 mRNA and activity has been reported in the pancreatic islet cells of ob/ob mice and inhibition of this activity with carbenoxolone, an 11 ⁇ HSD1 inhibitor, improves glucose-stimulated insulin release (Davani et al. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275: 34841-34844). Thus, inhibition of 11 ⁇ HSD1 is predicted to have beneficial effects on the pancreas, including the enhancement of glucose-stimulated insulin release.
- Mild cognitive impairment is a common feature of aging that may be ultimately related to the progression of dementia.
- inter-individual differences in general cognitive function have been linked to variability in the long-term exposure to glucocorticoids (Lupien et al. (1998) Nat. Neurosci. 1: 69-73).
- dysregulation of the HPA axis resulting in chronic exposure to glucocorticoid excess in certain brain subregions has been proposed to contribute to the decline of cognitive function (McEwen and Sapolsky (1995) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 5: 205-216).
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 is abundant in the brain, and is expressed in multiple subregions including the hippocampus, frontal cortex, and cerebellum (Sandeep et al. (2004) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. Early Edition: 1-6).
- Treatment of primary hippocampal cells with the 11 ⁇ HSD1 inhibitor carbenoxolone protects the cells from glucocorticoid-mediated exacerbation of excitatory amino acid neurotoxicity (Rajan et al. (1996) J. Neurosci. 16: 65-70).
- 11 ⁇ HSD1-deficient mice are protected from glucocorticoid-associated hippocampal dysfunction that is associated with aging (Yau et al. (2001) Proc. Natl. Acad.
- Glucocorticoids can be used topically and systemically for a wide range of conditions in clinical opthalmology.
- One particular complication with these treatment regimens is corticosteroid-induced glaucoma.
- This pathology is characterized by a significant increase in intra-ocular pressure (IOP).
- IOP intra-ocular pressure
- IOP intra-ocular pressure
- Aqueous humour production occurs in the non-pigmented epithelial cells (NPE) and its drainage is through the cells of the trabecular meshwork. 11 ⁇ HSD1 has been localized to NPE cells (Stokes et al. (2000) Invest. Opthalmol. Vis. Sci.
- Adipocyte-derived hypertensive substances such as leptin and angiotensinogen have been proposed to be involved in the pathogenesis of obesity-related hypertension (Matsuzawa et al. (1999) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 892: 146-154; Wajchenberg (2000) Endocr. Rev. 21: 697-738).
- Leptin which is secreted in excess in aP2-11 ⁇ HSD1 transgenic mice (Masuzaki et al. (2003) J. Clinical Invest. 112: 83-90), can activate various sympathetic nervous system pathways, including those that regulate blood pressure (Matsuzawa et al. (1999) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 892: 146-154).
- renin-angiotensin system has been shown to be a major determinant of blood pressure (Walker et al. (1979) Hypertension 1: 287-291).
- Angiotensinogen which is produced in liver and adipose tissue, is the key substrate for renin and drives RAS activation.
- Plasma angiotensinogen levels are markedly elevated in aP2-11 ⁇ HSD1 transgenic mice, as are angiotensin II and aldosterone (Masuzaki et al. (2003) J. Clinical Invest. 112: 83-90). These forces likely drive the elevated blood pressure observed in aP2-11 ⁇ HSD1 transgenic mice.
- Glucocorticoids can have adverse effects on skeletal tissues. Continued exposure to even moderate glucocorticoid doses can result in osteoporosis (Cannalis (1996) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 81: 3441-3447) and increased risk for fractures. Experiments in vitro confirm the deleterious effects of glucocorticoids on both bone-resorbing cells (also known as osteoclasts) and bone forming cells (osteoblasts). 11 ⁇ HSD1 has been shown to be present in cultures of human primary osteoblasts as well as cells from adult bone, likely a mixture of osteoclasts and osteoblasts (Cooper et al.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 inhibitor carbenoxolone has been shown to attenuate the negative effects of glucocorticoids on bone nodule formation (Bellows et al. (1998) Bone 23: 119-125).
- 11 ⁇ HSD1 is predicted to decrease the local glucocorticoid concentration within osteoblasts and osteoclasts, producing beneficial effects in various forms of bone disease, including osteoporosis.
- Small molecule inhibitors of 11 ⁇ HSD1 are currently being developed to treat or prevent 11 ⁇ HSD1-related diseases such as those described above.
- certain amide-based inhibitors are reported in WO 2004/089470, WO 2004/089896, WO 2004/056745, and WO 2004/065351.
- Antagonists of 11 ⁇ HSD1 have been evaluated in human clinical trials (Kurukulasuriya, et al., (2003) Curr. Med. Chem. 10: 123-53).
- the MR binds to aldosterone (its natural ligand) and cortisol with equal affinities
- compounds that are designed to interact with the active site of 11 ⁇ HSD1 may also interact with the MR and act as antagonists.
- MR antagonists are desirable and may also be useful in treating complex cardiovascular, renal, and inflammatory pathologies including disorders of lipid metabolism including dyslipidemia or hyperlipoproteinaemia, diabetic dyslipidemia, mixed dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, as well as those associated with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, and insulin resistance, and general aldosterone-related target-organ damage.
- the present invention provides, inter alia, compounds of Formulas I, II, IIa, IIaa, IIb, III, IIIa, IV and V:
- compositions comprising compounds of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the present invention further provides methods of modulating 11 ⁇ HSD1 or MR by contacting 11 ⁇ HSD1 or MR with a compound of the invention.
- the present invention further provides methods of inhibiting 11 ⁇ HSD1 or MR by contacting 11 ⁇ HSD1 or MR with a compound of the invention.
- the present invention further provides methods of inhibiting the conversion of cortisone to cortisol in a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention.
- the present invention further provides methods of inhibiting the production of cortisol in a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention.
- the present invention further provides methods of treating diseases associated with activity or expression of 11 ⁇ HSD1 or MR.
- the present invention provides, inter alia, compounds of Formula I:
- R 1 is phenyl, Cy 1 -(CH 2 ) m —O— or Cy 1 -(CH 2 ) m —S—, wherein said phenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R 1a ;
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 , —(CR 4 R 5 ) t Cy 3 , or Cy 4 ;
- R 3 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
- R 4 and R 5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R 4a ;
- R 6 is H or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R 1a and R 1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR
- R 1c is halo, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)OR g or OR g ;
- R 4a is halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Cy 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
- Cy 3 is phenyl optionally substituted by one or more R 1a ;
- U is CH 2 , NH or O
- W, W′ and W′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl or C 2-6 alkynylenyl is each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- X, X′ and X′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y, Y′ and Y′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl or C 2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z, Z′ and Z′′ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR a , SR a , C(O)R b
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- R e and R f are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R g is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
- j 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- n 0, 1, or 2;
- n 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- q 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- r is 1 or 2;
- t 2 or 3.
- R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R 1a and R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) t Cy 3 , at least one of R 4 and R 5 is other than H.
- R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R 1a and R 2 is Cy 2
- Cy 2 is other than 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-piperidine-4-yl, 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-piperidin-4-yl or cyclohexyl substituted by one NR c R d .
- R 1 when R 2 is cyclohexyl, R 1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl.
- R 1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, or C 1-6 haloalkyl.
- R 1 is 4-chlorophenyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, or C 1-6 haloalkyl.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- R 6 is H.
- q1 is 0 or 1.
- q1 is 0.
- q2 is 0 or 1.
- q2 is 0.
- q3 is 1, 2 or 3.
- q3 is 1.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- R 1b is halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more OH, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, halo, CN or NO 2 ;
- q3 is 1, 2 or 3.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- R 8 is C 2-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 2-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH; and
- q1 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- R 6 is H
- R 8 is C 2-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein C 2-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH;
- W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 , dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1,
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- q1 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- R 6 is H.
- r is 1.
- q is 0, 1 or 2.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- v 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- v is 2 or 3.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- R 7 is halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, OR a , SR a , C(O)R b , C(O)NR c R d , C(O)OR a , OC(O)R b , OC(O)NR c R d , S(O)R b , S(O)NR c R d , S(O) 2 R b , S(O) 2 NR c R d , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group.
- R 1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- q 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- q 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W′′—X′′—Y′′—Z′′.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- R 6 is H or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- r is 1 or 2;
- —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ and —W′′—X′′—Y′′—Z′′ are each halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycl
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- q4 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q5 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- q4 is 0 or 1.
- q5 is 0 or 1.
- R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 and n is 0.
- R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 , and n is 1, 2 or 3.
- R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 and n is 1.
- R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) t Cy 3 and t is 2.
- R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) t Cy 3 and t is 3.
- R 2 is (CR 4′ R 5′ )(CR 4 R 5 ) t1 Cy 3 ;
- R 4′ is halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, or C 1-4 haloalkoxy;
- R 5′ is, H, halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino; and
- t1 is 1 or 2.
- t1 is 1.
- t1 is 2.
- R 4′ is OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by OH or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- R 5′ is H, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by OH or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- R 2 is
- R 6 is H or C 1-6 alkyl.
- j is 0 or 1.
- R 3 is H or C 1-6 alkyl.
- R 3 is H.
- R 4 and R 5 are each, independently, H, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by OH or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- R 6 is H.
- R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OH.
- R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl.
- R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl substituted by OH.
- R 1a and R 1b are each, independently, halo, CN, OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more OH, CN, halo, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- R 1a is halo, OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more OH, halo, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- R 1b is halo, OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more OH, halo, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- R 1c is halo, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl or benzyl.
- R 1c is C 1-4 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl.
- —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ and —W′′—X′′—Y′′—Z′′ are each halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkylalkyl
- the compounds of the invention have Formula II:
- R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R 1a ;
- R 3 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
- R 4 and R 5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R 4a ;
- R 6 is H or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R 1a and R 1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR
- R 4a is halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- U is CH 2 , NH or O
- W′ and W′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl or C 2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- X′ and X′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y′ and Y′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl or C 2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z′ and Z′′ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR a , SR a , C(O)R b ,
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- R e and R f are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- n 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- q 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- r is 1 or 2.
- Cy 2 is other than 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-piperidine-4-yl, 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-piperidin-4-yl or cyclohexyl substituted by one NR c R d .
- R 1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1,
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- U is CH 2 or O
- v 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- R 7 is halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, OR a , SR a , C(O)R b , C(O)NR c R d , C(O)OR a , OC(O)R b , OC(O)NR c R d , S(O)R b , S(O)NR c R d , S(O) 2 R b , S(O) 2 NR c R d , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group.
- R 1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- q 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- q 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W′′—X′′—Y′′—Z′′.
- R 6 is H
- r is 1 or 2;
- —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ and —W′′—X′′—Y′′—Z′′ are each halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycl
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- q4 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q5 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- n is 0 or 1
- the present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIa:
- R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R 1a ;
- R 6 is H or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R 7 is halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, OR a , SR a , C(O)R b , C(O)NR c R d , C(O)OR a , OC(O)R b , OC(O)NR c R d , S(O)R b , S(O)NR c R d , S(O) 2 R b , S(O) 2 NR c R d , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalky
- R 1a is halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR a , SR a
- W′ and W′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl or C 2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- X′ and X′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y′ and Y′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl or C 2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z′ and Z′′ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR a , SR a , C(O)R b ,
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- R e and R f are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- q 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- r is 1 or 2;
- t 2 or 3
- v 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- R 1 when Cy 2 is cyclohexyl, R 1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- the present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIaa:
- u1 is 0 or 1.
- the present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIb:
- R 4 and R 5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R 4a ;
- R 6 is H or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R 1a and R 1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR
- R 4a is halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- U is CH 2 , NH or O
- W′ and W′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl or C 2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- X′ and X′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y′ and Y′′ are each, independently, absent, C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NR e , CO, COO, CONR e , SO, SO 2 , SONR e , or NR e CONR f , wherein said C 1-6 alkylenyl, C 2-6 alkenylenyl, C 2-6 alkynylenyl are each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z′ and Z′′ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR a , SR a , C(O)R b ,
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- R e and R f are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- n 1, 2 or 3;
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q3 is 1, 2 or 3;
- q 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- r is 1 or 2;
- u 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- n 1
- the present invention further provides compounds of Formula III:
- t 2 or 3
- u 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- At least one of R 4 and R 5 is other than H.
- the present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIa:
- R 4′ is halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, or C 1-4 haloalkoxy;
- R 5′ is H, halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R 4a ;
- t1 is 1 or 2.
- t1 is 1.
- t1 is 2.
- t1 is 2.
- R 4′ is OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, or C 1-4 haloalkoxy.
- R 4′ is C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH or C 1-4 alkoxy.
- the present invention further provides compounds of Formula IV:
- R 3 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
- R 6 is H or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R 1a is halo, CN, NO 2 , OR a , C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , OR a , SR a
- R 1c is halo, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)OR g or OR g ;
- R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R b is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- R c and R d are each, independently, H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- R c and R d together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group
- R g is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
- u 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- j 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- R 3 is H.
- R 6 is H.
- w is 0 or 1.
- R 1c is OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl or benzyl.
- R 1c is phenyl or benzyl.
- the present invention further provides compounds of Formula V:
- Cy 1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
- n 0, 1, or 2.
- Cy 1 is aryl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z.
- Cy 1 is aryl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W—X—Y—Z.
- Cy 1 is unsubstituted aryl.
- Cy 1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W—X—Y—Z.
- Cy 1 is phenyl
- m is 0 or 1.
- m is 0 and Cy 1 is phenyl.
- m is 1 and Cy 1 is phenyl substituted by 1 halo.
- R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 .
- R 2 is (CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 , and wherein n is 0 or 1.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 4 ) n Cy 2 ;
- n 1.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) n Cy 2 ;
- n 0.
- R 2 is —(CR 4 R 5 ) t Cy 3 .
- R 2 is (CR 4′ R 5′ )(CR 4 R 5 ) t1 Cy 3 ;
- R 4′ is halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, or C 1-4 haloalkoxy;
- R 5′ is H, halo, OH, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C 1-4 alkyl or C 1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO 2 , OH, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C 1-4 alkylamino or C 2-8 dialkylamino; and
- t1 is 1 or 2.
- R 2 is
- R 2 is:
- R 1c is halo, OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 haloalkyl, C 1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, or benzyl;
- j 0, 1 or 2.
- R 3 is H.
- substituents of compounds of the invention are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the invention include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges.
- C 1-6 alkyl is specifically intended to individually disclose methyl, ethyl, C 3 alkyl, C 4 alkyl, C 5 alkyl, and C 6 alkyl.
- each variable can be a different moiety selected from the Markush group defining the variable.
- the two R groups can represent different moieties selected from the Markush group defined for R.
- an optionally multiple substituent is designated in the form:
- substituent R can occur s number of times on the ring, and R can be a different moiety at each occurrence.
- variable Q be defined to include hydrogens, such as when Q is said to be CH 2 , NH, etc.
- any floating substituent such as R in the above example can replace a hydrogen of the Q variable as well as a hydrogen in any other non-variable component of the ring.
- stable refers to a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and preferably capable of formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
- alkyl is meant to refer to a saturated hydrocarbon group which is straight-chained or branched.
- Example alkyl groups include methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl), pentyl (e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl), and the like.
- An alkyl group can contain from 1 to about 20, from 2 to about 20, from 1 to about 10, from 1 to about 8, from 1 to about 6, from 1 to about 4, or from 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
- alkylenyl refers to a divalent alkyl linking group.
- alkenyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds.
- Example alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.
- alkenylenyl refers to a divalent linking alkenyl group.
- An example C 1 alkenylenyl is —CH ⁇ .
- alkynyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds.
- Example alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, and the like.
- alkynylenyl refers to a divalent linking alkynyl group.
- haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents.
- Example haloalkyl groups include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , CHF 2 , CCl 3 , CHCl 2 , C 2 Cl 5 , and the like.
- aryl refers to monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) aromatic hydrocarbons such as, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from 6 to about 20 carbon atoms.
- cycloalkyl refers to non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbons including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups.
- Cycloalkyl groups can include mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) ring systems as well as 2-ring, 3-ring, 4-ring spiro system (e.g., having 8 to 20 ring-forming atoms).
- Example cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, norbornyl, norpinyl, norcarnyl, adamantyl, and the like.
- cycloalkyl moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the cycloalkyl ring, for example, benzo, pryido or thieno derivatives of pentane, pentene, hexane, and the like.
- Carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group can be optionally oxidized, e.g. bear an oxo or sulfildo group to form CO or CS.
- heteroaryl groups refer to an aromatic heterocycle having at least one heteroatom ring member such as sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include monocyclic and polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) systems.
- heteroaryl groups include without limitation, pyridyl, N-oxopyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, pyrryl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzothienyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl, and the like.
- the heteroaryl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group contains 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms.
- heterocycloalkyl refers to non-aromatic heterocycles including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups where one or more of the ring-forming carbon atoms is replaced by a heteroatom such as an O, N, or S atom.
- moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, for example phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, and benzo derivatives of heterocycles such as indolene and isoindolene groups.
- Heterocycloalkyl groups can be mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3, 4 or more fused rings or having a 2-ring, 3-ring, 4-ring spiro system (e.g., having 8 to 20 ring-forming atoms)). Heteroatoms or carbon atoms of the heterocycloalkyl group can be optionally oxidized, e.g., bearing one or two oxo or sulfildo groups to form SO, SO 2 , CO, NO, etc. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms.
- the heterocycloalkyl group contains 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 3 double bonds. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 2 triple bonds.
- heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzo-1,4-dioxane, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, as well as radicals of 3H-isobenzofuran-1-one, 1,3-dihydro-isobenzofuran, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[d]isothiazole 1,1-dioxide, and the like.
- halo or “halogen” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- alkoxy refers to an —O-alkyl group.
- Example alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy and isopropoxy), t-butoxy, and the like.
- haloalkoxy refers to an —O-haloalkyl group.
- An example haloalkoxy group is OCF 3 .
- arylalkyl refers to alkyl substituted by aryl and “cycloalkylalkyl” refers to alkyl substituted by cycloalkyl.
- An example arylalkyl group is benzyl.
- amino refers to NH 2 .
- alkylamino refers to an amino group substituted by an alkyl group.
- dialkylamino refers to an amino group substituted by two alkyl groups.
- the compounds described herein can be asymmetric (e.g., having one or more stereocenters). All stereoisomers, such as enantiomers and diastereomers, are intended unless otherwise indicated.
- Compounds of the present invention that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. Methods on how to prepare optically active forms from optically active starting materials are known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by stereoselective synthesis. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C ⁇ N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Cis and trans geometric isomers of the compounds of the present invention are described and may be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separated isomeric forms.
- An example method includes fractional recrystallizaion using a “chiral resolving acid” which is an optically active, salt-forming organic acid.
- Suitable resolving agents for fractional recrystallization methods are, for example, optically active acids, such as the D and L forms of tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid, dibenzoyltartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or the various optically active camphorsulfonic acids such as 3-camphorsulfonic acid.
- resolving agents suitable for fractional crystallization methods include stereoisomerically pure forms of ⁇ -methylbenzylamine (e.g., S and R forms, or diastereomerically pure forms), 2-phenylglycinol, norephedrine, ephedrine, N-methylephedrine, cyclohexylethylamine, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, and the like.
- Resolution of racemic mixtures can also be carried out by elution on a column packed with an optically active resolving agent (e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine).
- an optically active resolving agent e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine
- Suitable elution solvent composition can be determined by one skilled in the art.
- Compounds of the invention also include tautomeric forms, such as keto-enol tautomers.
- Compounds of the invention can also include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the intermediates or final compounds.
- Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
- isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium.
- phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- the present invention also includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by converting an existing acid or base moiety to its salt form.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
- such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred.
- Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418 and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- prodrugs refer to any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug when administered to a mammalian subject.
- Prodrugs can be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds.
- Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively.
- prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention. Preparation and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design , ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- novel compounds of the present invention can be prepared in a variety of ways known to one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
- the compounds of the present invention can be synthesized using the methods as hereinafter described below, together with synthetic methods known in the art of synthetic organic chemistry or variations thereon as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
- the compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given; other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures.
- spectroscopic means such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1 H or 13 C) infrared spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV-visible), or mass spectrometry, or by chromatography such as high performance liquid chromatograpy (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography.
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatograpy
- Preparation of Compounds can Involve the Protection and Deprotection of Various Chemical groups.
- the need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
- the chemistry of protecting groups can be found, for example, in Greene, et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Suitable solvents can be substantially nonreactive with the starting materials (reactants), the intermediates, or products at the temperatures at which the reactions are carried out, i.e., temperatures which can range from the solvent's freezing temperature to the solvent's boiling temperature.
- a given reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent.
- suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected.
- the compounds described herein can be asymmetric (e.g., having one or more stereocenters). All stereoisomers, such as enantiomers and diastereomers, are intended unless otherwise indicated.
- Compounds of the present invention that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. Methods on how to prepare optically active forms from optically active starting materials are known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by stereoselective synthesis.
- An example method includes fractional recrystallizaion using a “chiral resolving acid” which is an optically active, salt-forming organic acid.
- Suitable resolving agents for fractional recrystallization methods are, for example, optically active acids, such as the D and L forms of tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid, dibenzoyltartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or the various optically active camphorsulfonic acids.
- Resolution of racemic mixtures can also be carried out by elution on a column packed with an optically active resolving agent (e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine).
- an optically active resolving agent e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine
- Suitable elution solvent composition can be determined by one skilled in the art.
- the compounds of the invention can be prepared, for example, using the reaction pathways and techniques as described below.
- a series of carboxamides of formula 2 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 1.
- Carboxylic acids 1 can be coupled to an appropriate amine (primary or secondary) using a coupling reagent such as BOP to provide the desired product 2.
- a series of carboxylic acids of formula 1 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 2. Mono-methylation of alpha-substituted methyl ester 3 with methyl bromide or methyl iodide provides mono-methylated carboxylates 4, which upon treatment with a second methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride and in a suitable solvent such as DMSO yields bis(methylated) carboxylates 5. Finally basic hydrolysis of 5 gives the corresponding carboxylic acids 1.
- a series of carboxylic acids of formula 8 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 3.
- Alpha-substituted acetonitriles 6 can be treated with either a suitable base such as sodium hydride and excess of methyl bromide or methyl iodide in a suitable solvent such as DMF, or sequentially with two steps of methylation in suitable conditions with methyl bromide or methyl iodide, as depicted below, to provide substituted (bis)methylated carbonitriles 7.
- Basic hydrolysis affords the desired carboxylic acids 8.
- Primary amines of formula 10 (wherein R x can be suitable substituents such as alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl; U is, e.g., CH 2 , O, NMe, NBoc, etc., n, e.g., is 1 or 2, m is, e.g., 1 or 2) can be prepared from an appropriate cyclic ketone 9 under a variety of protocols, one of which is shown in Scheme 4. The ketone of compound 9 undergoes reductive amination with ammonium formamide to afford the amine compound 10.
- primary amines 10 can be prepared from the appropriate alcohols 11 via mesylation, followed by conversion of the mesylates 12 to the corresponding azides 13, which upon reduction yield the desired primary amines 10, as shown in scheme 5.
- Carboxamides of formula 14 can be prepared as shown in Scheme 6 (where U, R x , n and m are as defined in Scheme 4) using BOP or any other suitable coupling agent.
- Carboxamides of formula 18 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 7 (where R x , n and m are as defined in Schemes 4 and 5; R i is, e.g., alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carbocycle, heterocycle, etc.). Coupling of carboxylic acids 1 with an appropriate primary amine 15 provides carboxamides 16. Cleavage of the N-Boc group with TFA gives 17 which can be converted by routine methods to carboxamides 18.
- a secondary amine of formula 19 can be prepared from the reaction of an appropriate cyclic amine with a suitable aldehyde R′CHO, wherein R′ is, e.g., alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or the like.
- Carboxamides of formula 20 can be prepared in a standard fashion by using a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base as shown in Scheme 9 (R′ is as defined in Scheme 8 and U, R x , n and m are as defined in Schemes 4 and 5).
- carboxamides of formula 22 can be prepared following the sequence outlined in Scheme 10 (X is halo). Standard coupling of carboxylic acids 1 with an appropriate primary amine R 2 NH 2 provides carboxamides 21 which upon alkylation with a suitable bromide or iodide R 3 X (wherein R 3 can be alkyl or cycloalkyl) can be converted to the desired compounds 22.
- Primary amines of formula 25 and secondary amines of formula 26 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 11 (Ar is an aromatic moiety such as phenyl or pyridyl; R′ is as defined in Scheme 8; and R is, e.g., alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, etc.).
- a suitable bromide such as 23 can be converted to the corresponding azide 24 first, and then to the desired primary amine 25 via hydrogenation. Finally reductive amination of the appropriate aldehyde R′CHO with the primary amine 25 yields secondary amines of formula 26.
- Amines of formula 32 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 12 wherein R iii and R iv are each, e.g., H, halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, or other suitable substituents.
- R iii and R iv are each, e.g., H, halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, or other suitable substituents.
- An appropriate substituted o-hydroxycetophenones 27, available by Fries rearrangement, can react with epichlorohydrin and a suitable base to give the corresponding ethers 28.
- Subjecting 28 to Baeyer-Villiger oxidation provides the acetoxy intermediates 29, which can be saponified and cyclized in one step to provide alcohols 30.
- Primary amines 36 and secondary amines 37 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 13 (R iii and R iv are as defined in Scheme 12; R′ is as defined in Scheme 8; R v is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, etc.).
- Reaction of a substituted indole 33 with an Fmoc protected amino acid chloride 34, followed by cleavage of the Fmoc group with piperidine in DMF provides a ketone compound 35.
- Reduction of the carbonyl group of 35 with NaBH 4 gives a primary amine 36, which upon treatment with an appropriate aldehyde R′CHO under reductive amination conditions provides a secondary amine 37.
- a series of compounds 42 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 14.
- Compound 38 can be methylated in the standard fashion as has been described previously to give the desired bis(methylated) product 39.
- Both benzyl (Bn) groups of 39 can be removed by hydrogenation to give the deprotected compound 40.
- Treatment with a primary or secondary amines NHR 2 R 3 (R 2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, etc.; and R 3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, etc) can provide amides of formula 41.
- the free hydroxyl group of 41 can be converted to a variety of ether analogs 42 by routine methods wherein R can be alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or other suitable groups.
- a series of compounds 44 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 15 (Ar is aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof). Phenols 41 can be converted to the corresponding triflates 43 which then can undergo Pd catalyzed Suzuki coupling to provide compounds 44 wherein R 2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl or the like and R 3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl.
- a series of compounds 45 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 16 (Ar can be, for example, aryl or heteroaryl or derivatives thereof).
- the free phenol group of 41 can be coupled with ArB(OH) 2 directly to provide the aryl or heteroaryl ether coupling product 45 wherein R 2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl or the like and R 3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl.
- a series of 4-heterocycloalkyl- or heterocylcoalkylalkyl-ether compounds 46 and 47 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 17.
- the free phenol of 41 can be treated with a variety of heterocycloalkyl triflates or heterocycloalkylalkyl halides to provide heterocycloalkyl- or heterocylcoalkylalkyl-ether compounds 46 and 47.
- a series of carboxamides of formula 48 are prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 18 (L is, e.g., —(CH 2 ) m —O— or —(CH 2 ) m —S—; m is, e.g., 0, 1, or 2; Cy 1 is, e.g., aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or derivatives thereof.).
- Carboxylic acids of formula Ia can be coupled to an amine NHR 2 R 3 using a suitable coupling reagent such as BOP to provide the desired compounds 48 wherein R 2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl or the like and R 3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl.
- a series of carboxylic acids of formula 52 can be prepared according to the method outlined, wherein L 1 is S or O and R can be aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylakyl or derivative thereof.
- Reaction of an appropriate thiol or alcohol 49 with methyl bromoacetate in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium or sodium carbonate, triethylamine or sodium hydride in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile or dichloromethane provides thioethers or ethers 50.
- R can be, e.g., aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylakyl or derivatives thereof).
- a series of carboxylic acids of formula 63 wherein L 1 is O or S can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 22.
- O- or S-alkylation of compounds 59 with a suitable chloride or bromide provides methyl esters 60.
- Methylation of the ester 60 with methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of LDA yields mono-methylated esters 61, which can undergo a second methylation with another methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of NaH and in DMSO to provide the corresponding di-methylated esters 62.
- basic hydrolysis yields the desired carboxylic acids 63 wherein Cy 1 is a cyclic moiety such as aryl or heteroaryl.
- a series of carboxylic acids of formula 67 wherein L 1 is O or S and m is 1 or 2, can be prepared according to Scheme 23.
- Reaction of an appropriate alcohol or thiol 64 wherein Cy 1 is a cyclic moiety such as aryl or heteroaryl with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of sodium ethoxide under refluxing conditions provides nitriles 65.
- Methylation(s) of 65 in the standard fashion as depicted in Scheme 23 provides nitriles 66, which upon basic hydrolysis provide the desired carboxylic acids 67.
- carboxylic acids 73 can be prepared by the reaction of an appropriate alcohol Cy 1 CH 2 OH with thioglycolic acid 68 in the presence of a Lewis acid such as zinc trifluoromethanesulfonate, under refluxing conditions. Then 69 can be processed to the desired carboxylic acids 73 in the standard fashion as shown in Scheme 24. Di-methylation of the ⁇ -position to the carbonyl can be accomplished either in 2 steps as shown in Scheme 24 or in one step as shown in Scheme 21.
- Compounds of the invention can modulate activity of 11 ⁇ HSD1 and/or MR.
- modulate is meant to refer to an ability to increase or decrease activity of an enzyme or receptor.
- compounds of the invention can be used in methods of modulating 11 ⁇ HSD1 and/or MR by contacting the enzyme or receptor with any one or more of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- compounds of the present invention can act as inhibitors of 11 ⁇ HSD1 and/or MR.
- the compounds of the invention can be used to modulate activity of 11 ⁇ HSD1 and/or MR in an individual in need of modulation of the enzyme or receptor by administering a modulating amount of a compound of the invention.
- the present invention further provides methods of inhibiting the conversion of cortisone to cortisol in a cell, or inhibiting the production of cortisol in a cell, where conversion to or production of cortisol is mediated, at least in part, by 11 ⁇ HSD1 activity.
- Methods of measuring conversion rates of cortisone to cortisol and vice versa, as well as methods for measuring levels of cortisone and cortisol in cells, are routine in the art.
- the present invention further provides methods of increasing insulin sensitivity of a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention. Methods of measuring insulin sensitivity are routine in the art.
- the present invention further provides methods of treating disease associated with activity or expression, including abnormal activity and overexpression, of 11 ⁇ HSD1 and/or MR in an individual (e.g., patient) by administering to the individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
- Example diseases can include any disease, disorder or condition that is directly or indirectly linked to expression or activity of the enzyme or receptor.
- An 11 ⁇ HSD1-associated disease can also include any disease, disorder or condition that can be prevented, ameliorated, or cured by modulating enzyme activity.
- 11 ⁇ HSD1-associated diseases include obesity, diabetes, glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, cognitive impairment, dementia, glaucoma, cardiovascular disorders, osteoporosis, and inflammation.
- Further examples of 11 ⁇ HSD1-associated diseases include metabolic syndrome, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).
- PCOS polycystic ovary syndrome
- the present invention further provides methods of modulating MR activity by contacting the MR with a compound of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or composition thereof.
- the modulation can be inhibition.
- methods of inhibiting aldosterone binding to the MR are provided. Methods of measuring MR activity and inhibition of aldosterone binding are routine in the art.
- the present invention further provides methods of treating a disease associated with activity or expression of the MR.
- diseases associated with activity or expression of the MR include, but are not limited to hypertension, as well as cardiovascular, renal, and inflammatory pathologies such as heart failure, atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, coronary artery disease, thrombosis, angina, peripheral vascular disease, vascular wall damage, stroke, dyslipidemia, hyperlipoproteinaemia, diabetic dyslipidemia, mixed dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, and those associated with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, obesity metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance and general aldosterone-related target organ damage.
- an ex vivo cell can be part of a tissue sample excised from an organism such as a mammal.
- an in vitro cell can be a cell in a cell culture.
- an in vivo cell is a cell living in an organism such as a mammal.
- the cell is an adipocyte, a pancreatic cell, a hepatocyte, neuron, or cell comprising the eye.
- the term “contacting” refers to the bringing together of indicated moieties in an in vitro system or an in vivo system.
- “contacting” the 11 ⁇ HSD1 enzyme with a compound of the invention includes the administration of a compound of the present invention to an individual or patient, such as a human, having 11 ⁇ HSD1, as well as, for example, introducing a compound of the invention into a sample containing a cellular or purified preparation containing the 11 ⁇ HSD1 enzyme.
- the term “individual” or “patient,” used interchangeably, refers to any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans.
- the phrase “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
- preventing the disease for example, preventing a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (non-limiting examples are preventing metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS);
- metabolic syndrome hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS)
- inhibiting the disease for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as inhibiting the development of metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) or polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), stabilizing viral load in the case of a viral infection; and
- ameliorating the disease for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as decreasing the severity of metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), or lowering viral load in the case of a viral infection.
- ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology
- reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology such as decreasing the severity of metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsu
- the compounds of the invention can be administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions.
- These compositions can be prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art, and can be administered by a variety of routes, depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration may be topical (including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including intranasal, vaginal and rectal delivery), pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal), ocular, oral or parenteral.
- topical including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including intranasal, vaginal and rectal delivery
- pulmonary e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal
- ocular oral or parenteral.
- Methods for ocular delivery can include topical administration (eye drops), subconjunctival, periocular or intravitreal injection or introduction by balloon catheter or ophthalmic inserts surgically placed in the conjunctival sac.
- Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration.
- Parenteral administration can be in the form of a single bolus dose, or may be, for example, by a continuous perfusion pump.
- Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations for topical administration may include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable.
- compositions which contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the invention above in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- the active ingredient is typically mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier in the form of, for example, a capsule, sachet, paper, or other container.
- the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient.
- compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
- the active compound can be milled to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it can be milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size can be adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g. about 40 mesh.
- excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water, syrup, and methyl cellulose.
- the formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
- the compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.
- compositions can be formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient.
- unit dosage forms refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
- the active compound can be effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. It will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will usually be determined by a physician, according to the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
- the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention.
- a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention.
- the active ingredient is typically dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition can be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
- This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
- the tablets or pills of the present invention can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
- the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
- the two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
- enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
- liquid forms in which the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
- compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
- the liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra.
- the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect.
- Compositions in can be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be breathed directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device can be attached to a face masks tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions can be administered orally or nasally from devices which deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
- compositions can be administered to a patient already suffering from a disease in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease and its complications. Effective doses will depend on the disease condition being treated as well as by the judgment of the attending clinician depending upon factors such as the severity of the disease, the age, weight and general condition of the patient, and the like.
- compositions administered to a patient can be in the form of pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions can be sterilized by conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. Aqueous solutions can be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile aqueous carrier prior to administration.
- the pH of the compound preparations typically will be between 3 and 11, more preferably from 5 to 9 and most preferably from 7 to 8. It will be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of pharmaceutical salts.
- the therapeutic dosage of the compounds of the present invention can vary according to, for example, the particular use for which the treatment is made, the manner of administration of the compound, the health and condition of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
- the proportion or concentration of a compound of the invention in a pharmaceutical composition can vary depending upon a number of factors including dosage, chemical characteristics (e.g., hydrophobicity), and the route of administration.
- the compounds of the invention can be provided in an aqueous physiological buffer solution containing about 0.1 to about 10% w/v of the compound for parenteral administration. Some typical dose ranges are from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to about 1 g/kg of body weight per day.
- the dose range is from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg of body weight per day.
- the dosage is likely to depend on such variables as the type and extent of progression of the disease or disorder, the overall health status of the particular patient, the relative biological efficacy of the compound selected, formulation of the excipient, and its route of administration. Effective doses can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.
- the compounds of the invention can also be formulated in combination with one or more additional active ingredients which can include any pharmaceutical agent such as anti-viral agents, antibodies, immune suppressants, anti-inflammatory agents and the like.
- Another aspect of the present invention relates to radio-labeled compounds of the invention that would be useful not only in radio-imaging but also in assays, both in vitro and in vivo, for localizing and quantitating the enzyme in tissue samples, including human, and for identifying ligands by inhibition binding of a radio-labeled compound. Accordingly, the present invention includes enzyme assays that contain such radio-labeled compounds.
- the present invention further includes isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention.
- An “isotopically” or “radio-labeled” compound is a compound of the invention where one or more atoms are replaced or substituted by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature (i.e., naturally occurring).
- Suitable radionuclides that may be incorporated in compounds of the present invention include but are not limited to 2 H (also written as D for deuterium), 3 H (also written as T for tritium), 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 18 F, 35 S, 36 Cl, 82 Br, 75 Br, 76 Br, 77 Br, 123 I, 124 I, 125 I and 131 I.
- the radionuclide that is incorporated in the instant radio-labeled compounds will depend on the specific application of that radio-labeled compound. For example, for in vitro receptor labeling and competition assays, compounds that incorporate 3 H, 14 C, 82 Br, 125 I, 131 I, 35 S or will generally be most useful. For radio-imaging applications 11 C, 18 F, 125 I, 123 I, 124 I, 131 I, 75 Br, 76 Br or 77 Br will generally be most useful.
- radio-labeled or “labeled compound” is a compound that has incorporated at least one radionuclide.
- the radionuclide is selected from the group consisting of 3 H, 14 C, 125 I, 35 S and 82 Br.
- Synthetic methods for incorporating radio-isotopes into organic compounds are applicable to compounds of the invention and are well known in the art.
- a radio-labeled compound of the invention can be used in a screening assay to identify/evaluate compounds.
- a newly synthesized or identified compound i.e., test compound
- the ability of a test compound to compete with the radio-labeled compound for binding to the enzyme directly correlates to its binding affinity.
- kits useful useful, for example, in the treatment or prevention of 11 ⁇ HSD1-associated diseases or disorders, obesity, diabetes and other diseases referred to herein which include one or more containers containing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
- kits can further include, if desired, one or more of various conventional pharmaceutical kit components, such as, for example, containers with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, additional containers, etc., as will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art.
- Instructions, either as inserts or as labels, indicating quantities of the components to be administered, guidelines for administration, and/or guidelines for mixing the components, can also be included in the kit.
- Methyl 2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanoate (1.126 g, 5.35 mmol) was dissolved in THF (15 mL) and methanol (5 mL). That solution was treated with an aqueous solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.12 g, 26.8 mmol in 5 mL of water). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The volatiles were removed and the remaining aqueous solution was acidified with a 1 N HCl solution to pH 2. Ethyl acetate was added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to provide the desired carboxylic acid as a white solid (1.020 g, 97.1% yield).
- N-Cyclohexyl-2-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanamide (prepared as example 67) was dissolved in DMF and to the solution was added iodoethane. The solution was cooled in an ice-water bath and treated with NaH (60% in mineral oil). After stirring in the ice-water bath for half an hour and at rt for 2 h, water was added followed by EtOAc. After stirring for 10 min., the layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
- HEK-293 transient transfectants expressing an epitope-tagged version of full-length human 11 ⁇ HSD1 were harvested by centrifugation. Roughly 2 ⁇ 10 7 cells were resuspended in 40 mL of lysis buffer (25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM MgCl 2 and 250 mM sucrose) and lysed in a microfluidizer. Lysates were clarified by centrifugation and the supernatants were aliquoted and frozen.
- Reactions were initiated by addition of 20 ⁇ L of substrate-cofactor mix in assay buffer (25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM MgCl 2 ) to final concentrations of 400 ⁇ M NADPH, 25 nM 3 H-cortisone and 0.007% Triton X-100. Plates were incubated at 37° C. for one hour. Reactions were quenched by addition of 40 ⁇ L of anti-mouse coated SPA beads that had been pre-incubated with 10 ⁇ M carbenoxolone and a cortisol-specific monoclonal antibody.
- assay buffer 25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM MgCl 2
- Test compounds having an IC 50 value less than about 20 ⁇ M according to this assay were considered active.
- PBMCs Peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- Test compounds having an IC 50 value less than about 20 ⁇ M according to this assay were considered active.
- HEK293/MSR cells (Invitrogen Corp.) were co-transfected with three plasmids: 1) one designed to express a fusion protein of the GAL4 DNA binding domain and the mineralocorticoid receptor ligand binding domain, 2) one containing the GAL4 upstream activation sequence positioned upstream of a firefly luciferase reporter gene (pFR-LUC, Stratagene, Inc.), and 3) one containing the Renilla luciferase reporter gene cloned downstream of a thymidine kinase promoter (Promega). Transfections were performed using the FuGENE6 reagent (Roche). Transfected cells were ready for use in subsequent assays 24 hours post-transfection.
- test compounds were diluted in cell culture medium (E-MEM, 10% charcoal-stripped FBS, 2 mM L-glutamine) supplemented with 1 nM aldosterone and applied to the transfected cells for 16-18 hours.
- E-MEM cell culture medium
- the activity of firefly luciferase (indicative of MR agonism by aldosterone) and Renilla luciferase (normalization control) were determined using the Dual-Glo Luciferae Assay System (Promega).
- Antagonism of the mineralocorticoid receptor was determined by monitoring the ability of a test compound to attenuate the aldosterone-induced firefly luciferase activity.
Abstract
The present invention relates to inhibitors of 11-β hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, antagonists of the mineralocorticoid receptor (MR), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. The compounds of the invention can be useful in the treatment of various diseases associated with expression or activity of 11-β hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 and/or diseases associated with aldosterone excess.
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/159,865, filed Jun. 23, 2005, which is pending, and which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/582,477, filed Jun. 24, 2004, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The present invention relates to modulators of 11-β hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 (11βHSD1) and/or mineralocorticoid receptor (MR), compositions thereof and methods of using the same.
- Glucocorticoids are steroid hormones that regulate fat metabolism, function and distribution. In vertebrates, glucocorticoids also have profound and diverse physiological effects on development, neurobiology, inflammation, blood pressure, metabolism and programmed cell death. In humans, the primary endogenously-produced glucocorticoid is cortisol. Cortisol is synthesized in the zona fasciculate of the adrenal cortex under the control of a short-term neuroendocrine feedback circuit called the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. Adrenal production of cortisol proceeds under the control of adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH), a factor produced and secreted by the anterior pituitary. Production of ACTH in the anterior pituitary is itself highly regulated, driven by corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) produced by the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus. The HPA axis maintains circulating cortisol concentrations within restricted limits, with forward drive at the diurnal maximum or during periods of stress, and is rapidly attenuated by a negative feedback loop resulting from the ability of cortisol to suppress ACTH production in the anterior pituitary and CRH production in the hypothalamus.
- Aldosterone is another hormone produced by the adrenal cortex; aldosterone regulates sodium and potassium homeostasis. Fifty years ago, a role for aldosterone excess in human disease was reported in a description of the syndrome of primary aldosteronism (Conn, (1955), J. Lab. Clin. Med. 45: 6-17). It is now clear that elevated levels of aldosterone are associated with deleterious effects on the heart and kidneys, and are a major contributing factor to morbidity and mortality in both heart failure and hypertension.
- Two members of the nuclear hormone receptor superfamily, glucocorticoid receptor (GR) and mineralocorticoid receptor (MR), mediate cortisol function in vivo, while the primary intracellular receptor for aldosterone is the MR. These receptors are also referred to as ‘ligand-dependent transcription factors,’ because their functionality is dependent on the receptor being bound to its ligand (for example, cortisol); upon ligand-binding these receptors directly modulate transcription via DNA-binding zinc finger domains and transcriptional activation domains.
- Historically, the major determinants of glucocorticoid action were attributed to three primary factors: 1) circulating levels of glucocorticoid (driven primarily by the HPA axis), 2) protein binding of glucocorticoids in circulation, and 3) intracellular receptor density inside target tissues. Recently, a fourth determinant of glucocorticoid function was identified: tissue-specific pre-receptor metabolism by glucocorticoid-activating and -inactivating enzymes. These 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (11-β-HSD) enzymes act as pre-receptor control enzymes that modulate activation of the GR and MR by regulation of glucocorticoid hormones. To date, two distinct isozymes of 11-beta-HSD have been cloned and characterized: 11βHSD1 (also known as 11-beta-HSD type 1, 11betaHSD1, HSD11B1, HDL, and HSD11L) and 11βHSD2. 11βHSD1 and 11βHSD2 catalyze the interconversion of hormonally active cortisol (corticosterone in rodents) and inactive cortisone (11-dehydrocorticosterone in rodents). 11βHSD1 is widely distributed in rat and human tissues; expression of the enzyme and corresponding mRNA have been detected in lung, testis, and most abundantly in liver and adipose tissue. 11βHSD1 catalyzes both 11-beta-dehydrogenation and the reverse 11-oxoreduction reaction, although 11βHSD1 acts predominantly as a NADPH-dependent oxoreductase in intact cells and tissues, catalyzing the activation of cortisol from inert cortisone (Low et al. (1994) J. Mol. Endocrin. 13: 167-174) and has been reported to regulate glucocorticoid access to the GR. Conversely, 11βHSD2 expression is found mainly in mineralocorticoid target tissues such as kidney, placenta, colon and salivary gland, acts as an NAD-dependent dehydrogenase catalyzing the inactivation of cortisol to cortisone (Albiston et al. (1994) Mol. Cell. Endocrin. 105: R11-R17), and has been found to protect the MR from glucocorticoid excess, such as high levels of receptor-active cortisol (Blum, et al., (2003) Prog. Nucl. Acid Res. Mol. Biol. 75:173-216).
- In vitro, the MR binds cortisol and aldosterone with equal affinity. The tissue specificity of aldosterone activity, however, is conferred by the expression of 11βHSD2 (Funder et al. (1988), Science 242: 583-585). The inactivation of cortisol to cortisone by 11βHSD2 at the site of the MR enables aldosterone to bind to this receptor in vivo. The binding of aldosterone to the MR results in dissociation of the ligand-activated MR from a multiprotein complex containing chaperone proteins, translocation of the MR into the nucleus, and its binding to hormone response elements in regulatory regions of target gene promoters. Within the distal nephron of the kidney, induction of serum and glucocorticoid inducible kinase-1 (sgk-1) expression leads to the absorption of Na+ ions and water through the epithelial sodium channel, as well as potassium excretion with subsequent volume expansion and hypertension (Bhargava et al., (2001), Endo 142: 1587-1594).
- In humans, elevated aldosterone concentrations are associated with endothelial dysfunction, myocardial infarction, left ventricular atrophy, and death. In attempts to modulate these ill effects, multiple intervention strategies have been adopted to control aldosterone overactivity and attenuate the resultant hypertension and its associated cardiovascular consequences. Inhibition of angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) and blockade of the angiotensin type 1 receptor (AT1R) are two strategies that directly impact the rennin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS). However, although ACE inhibition and ATIR antagonism initially reduce aldosterone concentrations, circulating concentrations of this hormone return to baseline levels with chronic therapy (known as ‘aldosterone escape’). Importantly, co-administration of the MR antagonist Spironolactone or Eplerenone directly blocks the deleterious effects of this escape mechanism and dramatically reduces patient mortality (Pitt et al., New England J. Med. (1999), 341: 709-719; Pitt et al., New England J. Med. (2003), 348: 1309-1321). Therefore, MR antagonism may be an important treatment strategy for many patients with hypertension and cardiovascular disease, particularly those hypertensive patients at risk for target-organ damage.
- Mutations in either of the genes encoding the 11-beta-HSD enzymes are associated with human pathology. For example, 11βHSD2 is expressed in aldosterone-sensitive tissues such as the distal nephron, salivary gland, and colonic mucosa where its cortisol dehydrogenase activity serves to protect the intrinsically non-selective MR from illicit occupation by cortisol (Edwards et al. (1988) Lancet 2: 986-989). Individuals with mutations in 11βHSD2 are deficient in this cortisol-inactivation activity and, as a result, present with a syndrome of apparent mineralocorticoid excess (also referred to as ‘SAME’) characterized by hypertension, hypokalemia, and sodium retention (Wilson et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 95: 10200-10205). Likewise, mutations in 11βHSD1, a primary regulator of tissue-specific glucocorticoid bioavailability, and in the gene encoding a co-localized NADPH-generating enzyme, hexose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase (H6PD), can result in cortisone reductase deficiency (CRD), in which activation of cortisone to cortisol does not occur, resulting in adrenocorticotropin-mediated androgen excess. CRD patients excrete virtually all glucocorticoids as cortisone metabolites (tetrahydrocortisone) with low or absent cortisol metabolites (tetrahydrocortisols). When challenged with oral cortisone, CRD patients exhibit abnormally low plasma cortisol concentrations. These individuals present with ACTH-mediated androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism), a phenotype resembling polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) (Draper et al. (2003) Nat. Genet. 34: 434-439).
- The importance of the HPA axis in controlling glucocorticoid excursions is evident from the fact that disruption of homeostasis in the HPA axis by either excess or deficient secretion or action results in Cushing's syndrome or Addison's disease, respectively (Miller and Chrousos (2001) Endocrinology and Metabolism, eds. Felig and Frohman (McGraw-Hill, New York), 4th Ed.: 387-524). Patients with Cushing's syndrome (a rare disease characterized by systemic glucocorticoid excess originating from the adrenal or pituitary tumors) or receiving glucocorticoid therapy develop reversible visceral fat obesity. Interestingly, the phenotype of Cushing's syndrome patients closely resembles that of Reaven's metabolic syndrome (also known as Syndrome X or insulin resistance syndrome) the symptoms of which include visceral obesity, glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, hypertension, type 2 diabetes and hyperlipidemia (Reaven (1993) Ann. Rev. Med. 44: 121-131). However, the role of glucocorticoids in prevalent forms of human obesity has remained obscure because circulating glucocorticoid concentrations are not elevated in the majority of metabolic syndrome patients. In fact, glucocorticoid action on target tissue depends not only on circulating levels but also on intracellular concentration, locally enhanced action of glucocorticoids in adipose tissue and skeletal muscle has been demonstrated in metabolic syndrome. Evidence has accumulated that enzyme activity of 11βHSD1, which regenerates active glucocorticoids from inactive forms and plays a central role in regulating intracellular glucocorticoid concentration, is commonly elevated in fat depots from obese individuals. This suggests a role for local glucocorticoid reactivation in obesity and metabolic syndrome.
- Given the ability of 11βHSD1 to regenerate cortisol from inert circulating cortisone, considerable attention has been given to its role in the amplification of glucocorticoid function. 11βHSD1 is expressed in many key GR-rich tissues, including tissues of considerable metabolic importance such as liver, adipose, and skeletal muscle, and, as such, has been postulated to aid in the tissue-specific potentiation of glucocorticoid-mediated antagonism of insulin function. Considering a) the phenotypic similarity between glucocorticoid excess (Cushing's syndrome) and the metabolic syndrome with normal circulating glucocorticoids in the latter, as well as b) the ability of 11βHSD1 to generate active cortisol from inactive cortisone in a tissue-specific manner, it has been suggested that central obesity and the associated metabolic complications in syndrome X result from increased activity of 11βHSD1 within adipose tissue, resulting in ‘Cushing's disease of the omentum’ (Bujalska et al. (1997) Lancet 349: 1210-1213). Indeed, 11βHSD1 has been shown to be upregulated in adipose tissue of obese rodents and humans (Livingstone et al. (2000) Endocrinology 131: 560-563; Rask et al. (2001) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 86: 1418-1421; Lindsay et al. (2003) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 88: 2738-2744; Wake et al. (2003) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 88: 3983-3988).
- Additional support for this notion has come from studies in mouse transgenic models. Adipose-specific overexpression of 11βHSD1 under the control of the aP2 promoter in mouse produces a phenotype remarkably reminiscent of human metabolic syndrome (Masuzaki et al. (2001) Science 294: 2166-2170; Masuzaki et al. (2003) J. Clinical Invest. 112: 83-90). Importantly, this phenotype occurs without an increase in total circulating corticosterone, but rather is driven by a local production of corticosterone within the adipose depots. The increased activity of 11βHSD1 in these mice (2-3 fold) is very similar to that observed in human obesity (Rask et al. (2001) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 86: 1418-1421). This suggests that local 11βHSD1-mediated conversion of inert glucocorticoid to active glucocorticoid can have profound influences whole body insulin sensitivity.
- Based on this data, it would be predicted that the loss of 11βHSD1 would lead to an increase in insulin sensitivity and glucose tolerance due to a tissue-specific deficiency in active glucocorticoid levels. This is, in fact, the case as shown in studies with 11βHSD1-deficient mice produced by homologous recombination (Kotelevstev et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 94: 14924-14929; Morton et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276: 41293-41300; Morton et al. (2004) Diabetes 53: 931-938). These mice are completely devoid of 11-keto reductase activity, confirming that 11βHSD1 encodes the only activity capable of generating active corticosterone from inert 11-dehydrocorticosterone. 11βHSD1-deficient mice are resistant to diet- and stress-induced hyperglycemia, exhibit attenuated induction of hepatic gluconeogenic enzymes (PEPCK, G6P), show increased insulin sensitivity within adipose, and have an improved lipid profile (decreased triglycerides and increased cardio-protective HDL). Additionally, these animals show resistance to high fat diet-induced obesity. Taken together, these transgenic mouse studies confirm a role for local reactivation of glucocorticoids in controlling hepatic and peripheral insulin sensitivity, and suggest that inhibition of 11βHSD1 activity may prove beneficial in treating a number of glucocorticoid-related disorders, including obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, and hyperlipidemia.
- Data in support of this hypothesis has been published. Recently, it was reported that 11βHSD1 plays a role in the pathogenesis of central obesity and the appearance of the metabolic syndrome in humans. Increased expression of the 11βHSD1 gene is associated with metabolic abnormalities in obese women and that increased expression of this gene is suspected to contribute to the increased local conversion of cortisone to cortisol in adipose tissue of obese individuals (Engeli, et al., (2004) Obes. Res. 12: 9-17).
- A new class of 11βHSD1 inhibitors, the arylsulfonamidothiazoles, was shown to improve hepatic insulin sensitivity and reduce blood glucose levels in hyperglycemic strains of mice (Barf et al. (2002) J. Med. Chem. 45: 3813-3815; Alberts et al. Endocrinology (2003) 144: 4755-4762). Furthermore, it was recently reported that selective inhibitors of 11βHSD1 can ameliorate severe hyperglycemia in genetically diabetic obese mice. Thus, 11βHSD1 is a promising pharmaceutical target for the treatment of the Metabolic Syndrome (Masuzaki, et al., (2003) Curr. Drug Targets Immune Endocr. Metabol. Disord. 3: 255-62).
- As described above, multiple lines of evidence suggest that inhibition of 11βHSD1 activity can be effective in combating obesity and/or aspects of the metabolic syndrome cluster, including glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hypertension, and/or hyperlipidemia. Glucocorticoids are known antagonists of insulin action, and reductions in local glucocorticoid levels by inhibition of intracellular cortisone to cortisol conversion should increase hepatic and/or peripheral insulin sensitivity and potentially reduce visceral adiposity. As described above, 11βHSD1 knockout mice are resistant to hyperglycemia, exhibit attenuated induction of key hepatic gluconeogenic enzymes, show markedly increased insulin sensitivity within adipose, and have an improved lipid profile. Additionally, these animals show resistance to high fat diet-induced obesity (Kotelevstev et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 94: 14924-14929; Morton et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276: 41293-41300; Morton et al. (2004) Diabetes 53: 931-938). Thus, inhibition of 11βHSD1 is predicted to have multiple beneficial effects in the liver, adipose, and/or skeletal muscle, particularly related to alleviation of component(s) of the metabolic syndrome and/or obesity.
- Glucocorticoids are known to inhibit the glucose-stimulated secretion of insulin from pancreatic beta-cells (Billaudel and Sutter (1979) Horm. Metab. Res. 11: 555-560). In both Cushing's syndrome and diabetic Zucker fa/fa rats, glucose-stimulated insulin secretion is markedly reduced (Ogawa et al. (1992) J. Clin. Invest. 90: 497-504). 11βHSD1 mRNA and activity has been reported in the pancreatic islet cells of ob/ob mice and inhibition of this activity with carbenoxolone, an 11βHSD1 inhibitor, improves glucose-stimulated insulin release (Davani et al. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275: 34841-34844). Thus, inhibition of 11βHSD1 is predicted to have beneficial effects on the pancreas, including the enhancement of glucose-stimulated insulin release.
- Mild cognitive impairment is a common feature of aging that may be ultimately related to the progression of dementia. In both aged animals and humans, inter-individual differences in general cognitive function have been linked to variability in the long-term exposure to glucocorticoids (Lupien et al. (1998) Nat. Neurosci. 1: 69-73). Further, dysregulation of the HPA axis resulting in chronic exposure to glucocorticoid excess in certain brain subregions has been proposed to contribute to the decline of cognitive function (McEwen and Sapolsky (1995) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 5: 205-216). 11βHSD1 is abundant in the brain, and is expressed in multiple subregions including the hippocampus, frontal cortex, and cerebellum (Sandeep et al. (2004) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. Early Edition: 1-6). Treatment of primary hippocampal cells with the 11βHSD1 inhibitor carbenoxolone protects the cells from glucocorticoid-mediated exacerbation of excitatory amino acid neurotoxicity (Rajan et al. (1996) J. Neurosci. 16: 65-70). Additionally, 11βHSD1-deficient mice are protected from glucocorticoid-associated hippocampal dysfunction that is associated with aging (Yau et al. (2001) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 98: 4716-4721). In two randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover studies, administration of carbenoxolone improved verbal fluency and verbal memory (Sandeep et al. (2004) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. Early Edition: 1-6). Thus, inhibition of 11βHSD1 is predicted to reduce exposure to glucocorticoids in the brain and protect against deleterious glucocorticoid effects on neuronal function, including cognitive impairment, dementia, and/or depression.
- Glucocorticoids can be used topically and systemically for a wide range of conditions in clinical opthalmology. One particular complication with these treatment regimens is corticosteroid-induced glaucoma. This pathology is characterized by a significant increase in intra-ocular pressure (IOP). In its most advanced and untreated form, IOP can lead to partial visual field loss and eventually blindness. IOP is produced by the relationship between aqueous humour production and drainage. Aqueous humour production occurs in the non-pigmented epithelial cells (NPE) and its drainage is through the cells of the trabecular meshwork. 11βHSD1 has been localized to NPE cells (Stokes et al. (2000) Invest. Opthalmol. Vis. Sci. 41: 1629-1683; Rauz et al. (2001) Invest. Opthalmol. Vis. Sci. 42: 2037-2042) and its function is likely relevant to the amplification of glucocorticoid activity within these cells. This notion has been confirmed by the observation that free cortisol concentration greatly exceeds that of cortisone in the aqueous humour (14:1 ratio). The functional significance of 11βHSD1 in the eye has been evaluated using the inhibitor carbenoxolone in healthy volunteers (Rauz et al. (2001) Invest. Opthalmol. Vis. Sci. 42: 2037-2042). After seven days of carbenoxolone treatment, IOP was reduced by 18%. Thus, inhibition of 11βHSD1 in the eye is predicted to reduce local glucocorticoid concentrations and IOP, producing beneficial effects in the management of glaucoma and other visual disorders.
- Adipocyte-derived hypertensive substances such as leptin and angiotensinogen have been proposed to be involved in the pathogenesis of obesity-related hypertension (Matsuzawa et al. (1999) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 892: 146-154; Wajchenberg (2000) Endocr. Rev. 21: 697-738). Leptin, which is secreted in excess in aP2-11βHSD1 transgenic mice (Masuzaki et al. (2003) J. Clinical Invest. 112: 83-90), can activate various sympathetic nervous system pathways, including those that regulate blood pressure (Matsuzawa et al. (1999) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 892: 146-154). Additionally, the renin-angiotensin system (RAS) has been shown to be a major determinant of blood pressure (Walker et al. (1979) Hypertension 1: 287-291). Angiotensinogen, which is produced in liver and adipose tissue, is the key substrate for renin and drives RAS activation. Plasma angiotensinogen levels are markedly elevated in aP2-11βHSD1 transgenic mice, as are angiotensin II and aldosterone (Masuzaki et al. (2003) J. Clinical Invest. 112: 83-90). These forces likely drive the elevated blood pressure observed in aP2-11βHSD1 transgenic mice. Treatment of these mice with low doses of an angiotensin II receptor antagonist abolishes this hypertension (Masuzaki et al. (2003) J. Clinical Invest. 112: 83-90). This data illustrates the importance of local glucocorticoid reactivation in adipose tissue and liver, and suggests that hypertension may be caused or exacerbated by 11βHSD1 activity. Thus, inhibition of 11βHSD1 and reduction in adipose and/or hepatic glucocorticoid levels is predicted to have beneficial effects on hypertension and hypertension-related cardiovascular disorders.
- Glucocorticoids can have adverse effects on skeletal tissues. Continued exposure to even moderate glucocorticoid doses can result in osteoporosis (Cannalis (1996) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 81: 3441-3447) and increased risk for fractures. Experiments in vitro confirm the deleterious effects of glucocorticoids on both bone-resorbing cells (also known as osteoclasts) and bone forming cells (osteoblasts). 11βHSD1 has been shown to be present in cultures of human primary osteoblasts as well as cells from adult bone, likely a mixture of osteoclasts and osteoblasts (Cooper et al. (2000) Bone 27: 375-381), and the 11βHSD1 inhibitor carbenoxolone has been shown to attenuate the negative effects of glucocorticoids on bone nodule formation (Bellows et al. (1998) Bone 23: 119-125). Thus, inhibition of 11βHSD1 is predicted to decrease the local glucocorticoid concentration within osteoblasts and osteoclasts, producing beneficial effects in various forms of bone disease, including osteoporosis.
- Small molecule inhibitors of 11βHSD1 are currently being developed to treat or prevent 11βHSD1-related diseases such as those described above. For example, certain amide-based inhibitors are reported in WO 2004/089470, WO 2004/089896, WO 2004/056745, and WO 2004/065351.
- Antagonists of 11βHSD1 have been evaluated in human clinical trials (Kurukulasuriya, et al., (2003) Curr. Med. Chem. 10: 123-53).
- In light of the experimental data indicating a role for 11βHSD1 in glucocorticoid-related disorders, metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), therapeutic agents aimed at augmentation or suppression of these metabolic pathways, by modulating glucocorticoid signal transduction at the level of 11βHSD1 are desirable.
- Furthermore, because the MR binds to aldosterone (its natural ligand) and cortisol with equal affinities, compounds that are designed to interact with the active site of 11βHSD1 (which binds to cortisone/cortisol) may also interact with the MR and act as antagonists. Because the MR is implicated in heart failure, hypertension, and related pathologies including atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, coronary artery disease, thrombosis, angina, peripheral vascular disease, vascular wall damage, and stroke, MR antagonists are desirable and may also be useful in treating complex cardiovascular, renal, and inflammatory pathologies including disorders of lipid metabolism including dyslipidemia or hyperlipoproteinaemia, diabetic dyslipidemia, mixed dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, as well as those associated with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, and insulin resistance, and general aldosterone-related target-organ damage.
- As evidenced herein, there is a continuing need for new and improved drugs that target 11βHSD1 and/or MR. The compounds, compositions and methods described herein help meet this and other needs.
- The present invention provides, inter alia, compounds of Formulas I, II, IIa, IIaa, IIb, III, IIIa, IV and V:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent members are defined herein.
- The present invention further provides compositions comprising compounds of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- The present invention further provides methods of modulating 11βHSD1 or MR by contacting 11βHSD1 or MR with a compound of the invention.
- The present invention further provides methods of inhibiting 11βHSD1 or MR by contacting 11βHSD1 or MR with a compound of the invention.
- The present invention further provides methods of inhibiting the conversion of cortisone to cortisol in a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention.
- The present invention further provides methods of inhibiting the production of cortisol in a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention.
- The present invention further provides methods of treating diseases associated with activity or expression of 11βHSD1 or MR.
- The present invention provides, inter alia, compounds of Formula I:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein:
- R1 is phenyl, Cy1-(CH2)m—O— or Cy1-(CH2)m—S—, wherein said phenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2, —(CR4R5)tCy3, or Cy4;
- R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
- R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
- R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R1a and R1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)ORg or ORg;
- R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
- Cy2 is:
- Cy3 is phenyl optionally substituted by one or more R1a;
- Cy4 is:
- U is CH2, NH or O;
- W, W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- X, X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y, Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z, Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- or wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein —W—X—Y—Z is other than H;
- wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
- wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- Rg is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
- j is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- m is 0, 1, or 2;
- n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- r is 1 or 2; and
- t is 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, when R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a and R2 is (CR4R5)tCy3, at least one of R4 and R5 is other than H.
- In some embodiments, when R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a and R2 is Cy2, then Cy2 is other than 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-piperidine-4-yl, 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-piperidin-4-yl or cyclohexyl substituted by one NRcRd.
- In some embodiments, when R2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl.
- In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl.
- In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, or C1-6 haloalkyl.
- In some embodiments, R1 is 4-chlorophenyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, or C1-6haloalkyl.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is
- R6 is H.
- In some embodiments, q1 is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, q1 is 0.
- In some embodiments, q2 is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, q2 is 0.
- In some embodiments, q3 is 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, q3 is 1.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- R1b is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more OH, C1-4 haloalkoxy, or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 OH, C1-4 alkoxy, halo, CN or NO2; and
- q3 is 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2; and
- Cy2 is
- R8 is C2-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C2-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH; and
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- R6 is H;
- R8 is C2-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein C2-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH;
- Cy2 is
- W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8, dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group; and
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- R6 is H.
- In some embodiments, r is 1.
- In some embodiments, q is 0, 1 or 2.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; and
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group; and
- v is 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- In some embodiments, v is 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- R7 is halo, CN, NO2, OH, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, S(O)2NRcRd, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRc(O)Rd, NRc(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; and
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group.
- In some embodiments, when R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2, n is 0 and Cy2 is cyclohexyl, then R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- q is 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
- two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached to form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- q is 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
- two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- Cy2 is:
- r is 1 or 2;
- —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ and —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ are each halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- q4 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
- q5 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, q4 is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, q5 is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2 and n is 0.
- In some embodiments, R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2, and n is 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2 and n is 1.
- In some embodiments, R2 is (CR4R5)tCy3 and t is 2.
- In some embodiments, R2 is (CR4R5)tCy3 and t is 3.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is (CR4′R5′)(CR4R5)t1Cy3;
- R4′ is halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, or C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- R5′ is, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino; and
- t1 is 1 or 2.
- In some embodiments, t1 is 1.
- In some embodiments, t1 is 2.
- In some embodiments, R4′ is OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by OH or C1-4alkoxy.
- In some embodiments, R5′ is H, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by OH or C1-4 alkoxy.
- In some embodiments, R2 is
- and R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl.
- In some embodiments, j is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, R3 is H or C1-6 alkyl.
- In some embodiments, R3 is H.
- In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, OH, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by OH or C1-4 alkoxy.
- In some embodiments, R6 is H.
- In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OH.
- In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6 alkyl.
- In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6 alkyl substituted by OH.
- In some embodiments, R1a and R1b are each, independently, halo, CN, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more OH, CN, halo, C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy.
- In some embodiments, R1a is halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more OH, halo, C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy.
- In some embodiments, R1b is halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more OH, halo, C1-6 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy.
- In some embodiments, R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl or benzyl.
- In some embodiments, R1c is C1-4 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl.
- In some embodiments, —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ and —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ are each halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRc(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd.
- In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention have Formula II:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined herein above:
- R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
- R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6cycloalkyl;
- R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
- R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R1a and R1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRc(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Cy2 is:
- U is CH2, NH or O;
- W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
- wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
- r is 1 or 2.
- In some embodiments, when n is 0, Cy2 is other than 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-piperidine-4-yl, 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-piperidin-4-yl or cyclohexyl substituted by one NRcRd.
- In some embodiments, when n is 0 and Cy2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- In some embodiments:
- Cy2 is:
- —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; and
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- U is CH2 or O; and
- v is 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- In some embodiments:
- Cy2 is:
- R7 is halo, CN, NO2, OH, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, S(O)2NRcRd, C1-4alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRaRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; and
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group.
- In some embodiments, when n is 0 and Cy2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- In some embodiments:
- Cy2 is:
- q is 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
- two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″.
- In some embodiments:
- Cy2 is:
- q is 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
- two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″.
- In some embodiments:
- R6 is H;
- Cy2 is:
- r is 1 or 2;
- —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ and —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ are each halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Ra is H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- q4 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
- q5 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, n is 0 or 1
- The present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIa:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined hereinabove:
- R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
- R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R7 is halo, CN, NO2, OH, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, S(O)2NRcRd, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4alkoxy, C1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- Cy2 is:
- R1a is halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
- wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- r is 1 or 2;
- t is 2 or 3; and
- v is 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- In some embodiments, when Cy2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
- The present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIaa:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined hereinabove, and u1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- In some embodiments, u1 is 0 or 1.
- The present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIb:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined hereinabove:
- R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
- R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R1a and R1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Cy2 is:
- U is CH2, NH or O;
- W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl are each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
- Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
- wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
- wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- n is 1, 2 or 3;
- q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
- q3 is 1, 2 or 3;
- q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
- r is 1 or 2; and
- u is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- In some embodiments, n is 1.
- The present invention further provides compounds of Formula III:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined hereinabove.
- In some embodiments:
- t is 2 or 3; and
- u is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
- In some embodiments, at least one of R4 and R5 is other than H.
- The present invention further provides compounds of Formula IIa:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined hereinabove:
- R4′ is halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, or C1-4 haloalkoxy; and
- R5′ is H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a; and
- t1 is 1 or 2.
- In some embodiments, t1 is 1.
- In some embodiments, t1 is 2.
- In some embodiments, t1 is 2.
- In some embodiments, R4′ is OH, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more OH, C1-4 alkoxy, or C1-4 haloalkoxy.
- In some embodiments, R4′ is C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH or C1-4 alkoxy.
- The present invention further provides compounds of Formula IV:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined hereinabove.
- In some embodiments:
- R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
- R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
- R1a is halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
- R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)ORg or ORg;
- Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
- Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
- or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
- Rg is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
- u is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
- j is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, R3 is H.
- In some embodiments, R6 is H.
- In some embodiments, w is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, R1c is OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl or benzyl.
- In some embodiments, R1c is phenyl or benzyl.
- The present invention further provides compounds of Formula V:
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein constituent variables are defined hereinabove.
- In some embodiments:
- Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z; and
- m is 0, 1, or 2.
- In some embodiments, Cy1 is aryl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z.
- In some embodiments, Cy1 is aryl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W—X—Y—Z.
- In some embodiments, Cy1 is unsubstituted aryl.
- In some embodiments, Cy1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W—X—Y—Z.
- In some embodiments, Cy1 is phenyl.
- In some embodiments, m is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments, m is 0 and Cy1 is phenyl.
- In some embodiments, m is 1 and Cy1 is phenyl substituted by 1 halo.
- In some embodiments, R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2.
- In some embodiments, R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2, and wherein n is 0 or 1.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R4)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- n is 1.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2;
- Cy2 is:
- n is 0.
- In some embodiments, R2 is —(CR4R5)tCy3.
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is (CR4′R5′)(CR4R5)t1Cy3;
- R4′ is halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, or C1-4 haloalkoxy;
- R5′ is H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino; and
- t1 is 1 or 2.
- In some embodiments, R2 is
- In some embodiments:
- R2 is:
- R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, or benzyl; and
- j is 0, 1 or 2.
- In some embodiments, R3 is H.
- At various places in the present specification, substituents of compounds of the invention are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the invention include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges. For example, the term “C1-6 alkyl” is specifically intended to individually disclose methyl, ethyl, C3 alkyl, C4 alkyl, C5 alkyl, and C6 alkyl.
- For compounds of the invention in which a variable appears more than once, each variable can be a different moiety selected from the Markush group defining the variable. For example, where a structure is described having two R groups that are simultaneously present on the same compound; the two R groups can represent different moieties selected from the Markush group defined for R. In another example, when an optionally multiple substituent is designated in the form:
- then it is understood that substituent R can occur s number of times on the ring, and R can be a different moiety at each occurrence. Further, in the above example, should the variable Q be defined to include hydrogens, such as when Q is said to be CH2, NH, etc., any floating substituent such as R in the above example, can replace a hydrogen of the Q variable as well as a hydrogen in any other non-variable component of the ring.
- It is further intended that the compounds of the invention are stable. As used herein “stable” refers to a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and preferably capable of formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
- It is further appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, can also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, can also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination.
- As used herein, the term “alkyl” is meant to refer to a saturated hydrocarbon group which is straight-chained or branched. Example alkyl groups include methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl), pentyl (e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl), and the like. An alkyl group can contain from 1 to about 20, from 2 to about 20, from 1 to about 10, from 1 to about 8, from 1 to about 6, from 1 to about 4, or from 1 to about 3 carbon atoms. The term “alkylenyl” refers to a divalent alkyl linking group.
- As used herein, “alkenyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds. Example alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, and the like. The term “alkenylenyl” refers to a divalent linking alkenyl group. An example C1 alkenylenyl is —CH═.
- As used herein, “alkynyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds. Example alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, and the like. The term “alkynylenyl” refers to a divalent linking alkynyl group.
- As used herein, “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents. Example haloalkyl groups include CF3, C2F5, CHF2, CCl3, CHCl2, C2Cl5, and the like.
- As used herein, “aryl” refers to monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) aromatic hydrocarbons such as, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from 6 to about 20 carbon atoms.
- As used herein, “cycloalkyl” refers to non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbons including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups. Cycloalkyl groups can include mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) ring systems as well as 2-ring, 3-ring, 4-ring spiro system (e.g., having 8 to 20 ring-forming atoms). Example cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, norbornyl, norpinyl, norcarnyl, adamantyl, and the like. Also included in the definition of cycloalkyl are moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the cycloalkyl ring, for example, benzo, pryido or thieno derivatives of pentane, pentene, hexane, and the like. Carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group can be optionally oxidized, e.g. bear an oxo or sulfildo group to form CO or CS.
- As used herein, “heteroaryl” groups refer to an aromatic heterocycle having at least one heteroatom ring member such as sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include monocyclic and polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) systems. Examples of heteroaryl groups include without limitation, pyridyl, N-oxopyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, pyrryl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzothienyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group contains 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms.
- As used herein, “heterocycloalkyl” refers to non-aromatic heterocycles including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups where one or more of the ring-forming carbon atoms is replaced by a heteroatom such as an O, N, or S atom. Also included in the definition of heterocycloalkyl are moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, for example phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, and benzo derivatives of heterocycles such as indolene and isoindolene groups. Heterocycloalkyl groups can be mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3, 4 or more fused rings or having a 2-ring, 3-ring, 4-ring spiro system (e.g., having 8 to 20 ring-forming atoms)). Heteroatoms or carbon atoms of the heterocycloalkyl group can be optionally oxidized, e.g., bearing one or two oxo or sulfildo groups to form SO, SO2, CO, NO, etc. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 3 double bonds. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 2 triple bonds. Example “heterocycloalkyl” groups include morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzo-1,4-dioxane, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, as well as radicals of 3H-isobenzofuran-1-one, 1,3-dihydro-isobenzofuran, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[d]isothiazole 1,1-dioxide, and the like.
- As used herein, “halo” or “halogen” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- As used herein, “alkoxy” refers to an —O-alkyl group. Example alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy and isopropoxy), t-butoxy, and the like.
- As used here, “haloalkoxy” refers to an —O-haloalkyl group. An example haloalkoxy group is OCF3.
- As used herein, “arylalkyl” refers to alkyl substituted by aryl and “cycloalkylalkyl” refers to alkyl substituted by cycloalkyl. An example arylalkyl group is benzyl.
- As used herein, “amino” refers to NH2.
- As used herein, “alkylamino” refers to an amino group substituted by an alkyl group.
- As used herein, “dialkylamino” refers to an amino group substituted by two alkyl groups.
- The compounds described herein can be asymmetric (e.g., having one or more stereocenters). All stereoisomers, such as enantiomers and diastereomers, are intended unless otherwise indicated. Compounds of the present invention that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. Methods on how to prepare optically active forms from optically active starting materials are known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by stereoselective synthesis. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C═N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Cis and trans geometric isomers of the compounds of the present invention are described and may be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separated isomeric forms.
- Resolution of racemic mixtures of compounds can be carried out by any of numerous methods known in the art. An example method includes fractional recrystallizaion using a “chiral resolving acid” which is an optically active, salt-forming organic acid. Suitable resolving agents for fractional recrystallization methods are, for example, optically active acids, such as the D and L forms of tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid, dibenzoyltartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or the various optically active camphorsulfonic acids such as 3-camphorsulfonic acid. Other resolving agents suitable for fractional crystallization methods include stereoisomerically pure forms of α-methylbenzylamine (e.g., S and R forms, or diastereomerically pure forms), 2-phenylglycinol, norephedrine, ephedrine, N-methylephedrine, cyclohexylethylamine, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, and the like.
- Resolution of racemic mixtures can also be carried out by elution on a column packed with an optically active resolving agent (e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine). Suitable elution solvent composition can be determined by one skilled in the art.
- Compounds of the invention also include tautomeric forms, such as keto-enol tautomers.
- Compounds of the invention can also include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the intermediates or final compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- The present invention also includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by converting an existing acid or base moiety to its salt form. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418 and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The present invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds described herein. As used herein, “prodrugs” refer to any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug when administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs can be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds. Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention. Preparation and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- The novel compounds of the present invention can be prepared in a variety of ways known to one skilled in the art of organic synthesis. The compounds of the present invention can be synthesized using the methods as hereinafter described below, together with synthetic methods known in the art of synthetic organic chemistry or variations thereon as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
- The compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given; other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures.
- The processes described herein can be monitored according to any suitable method known in the art. For example, product formation can be monitored by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., 1H or 13C) infrared spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV-visible), or mass spectrometry, or by chromatography such as high performance liquid chromatograpy (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography.
- Preparation of Compounds can Involve the Protection and Deprotection of Various Chemical groups. The need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. The chemistry of protecting groups can be found, for example, in Greene, et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The reactions of the processes described herein can be carried out in suitable solvents which can be readily selected by one of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Suitable solvents can be substantially nonreactive with the starting materials (reactants), the intermediates, or products at the temperatures at which the reactions are carried out, i.e., temperatures which can range from the solvent's freezing temperature to the solvent's boiling temperature. A given reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent. Depending on the particular reaction step, suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected.
- The compounds described herein can be asymmetric (e.g., having one or more stereocenters). All stereoisomers, such as enantiomers and diastereomers, are intended unless otherwise indicated. Compounds of the present invention that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. Methods on how to prepare optically active forms from optically active starting materials are known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by stereoselective synthesis.
- Resolution of racemic mixtures of compounds can be carried out by any of numerous methods known in the art. An example method includes fractional recrystallizaion using a “chiral resolving acid” which is an optically active, salt-forming organic acid. Suitable resolving agents for fractional recrystallization methods are, for example, optically active acids, such as the D and L forms of tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid, dibenzoyltartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or the various optically active camphorsulfonic acids. Resolution of racemic mixtures can also be carried out by elution on a column packed with an optically active resolving agent (e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine). Suitable elution solvent composition can be determined by one skilled in the art.
- The compounds of the invention can be prepared, for example, using the reaction pathways and techniques as described below.
- A series of carboxamides of formula 2 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 1. Carboxylic acids 1 can be coupled to an appropriate amine (primary or secondary) using a coupling reagent such as BOP to provide the desired product 2.
- A series of carboxylic acids of formula 1 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 2. Mono-methylation of alpha-substituted methyl ester 3 with methyl bromide or methyl iodide provides mono-methylated carboxylates 4, which upon treatment with a second methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride and in a suitable solvent such as DMSO yields bis(methylated) carboxylates 5. Finally basic hydrolysis of 5 gives the corresponding carboxylic acids 1.
- A series of carboxylic acids of formula 8 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 3. Alpha-substituted acetonitriles 6 can be treated with either a suitable base such as sodium hydride and excess of methyl bromide or methyl iodide in a suitable solvent such as DMF, or sequentially with two steps of methylation in suitable conditions with methyl bromide or methyl iodide, as depicted below, to provide substituted (bis)methylated carbonitriles 7. Basic hydrolysis affords the desired carboxylic acids 8.
- Primary amines of formula 10 (wherein Rx can be suitable substituents such as alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl; U is, e.g., CH2, O, NMe, NBoc, etc., n, e.g., is 1 or 2, m is, e.g., 1 or 2) can be prepared from an appropriate cyclic ketone 9 under a variety of protocols, one of which is shown in Scheme 4. The ketone of compound 9 undergoes reductive amination with ammonium formamide to afford the amine compound 10.
- Alternatively, primary amines 10 can be prepared from the appropriate alcohols 11 via mesylation, followed by conversion of the mesylates 12 to the corresponding azides 13, which upon reduction yield the desired primary amines 10, as shown in scheme 5.
- Carboxamides of formula 14 can be prepared as shown in Scheme 6 (where U, Rx, n and m are as defined in Scheme 4) using BOP or any other suitable coupling agent.
- Carboxamides of formula 18 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 7 (where Rx, n and m are as defined in Schemes 4 and 5; Ri is, e.g., alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carbocycle, heterocycle, etc.). Coupling of carboxylic acids 1 with an appropriate primary amine 15 provides carboxamides 16. Cleavage of the N-Boc group with TFA gives 17 which can be converted by routine methods to carboxamides 18.
- According to Scheme 8 (R′ is, e.g., alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, etc.; m is, e.g., 1 or 2; n is, e.g., 1 or 2), a secondary amine of formula 19 can be prepared from the reaction of an appropriate cyclic amine with a suitable aldehyde R′CHO, wherein R′ is, e.g., alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or the like.
- Carboxamides of formula 20 can be prepared in a standard fashion by using a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base as shown in Scheme 9 (R′ is as defined in Scheme 8 and U, Rx, n and m are as defined in Schemes 4 and 5).
- Alternatively, carboxamides of formula 22 can be prepared following the sequence outlined in Scheme 10 (X is halo). Standard coupling of carboxylic acids 1 with an appropriate primary amine R2NH2 provides carboxamides 21 which upon alkylation with a suitable bromide or iodide R3X (wherein R3 can be alkyl or cycloalkyl) can be converted to the desired compounds 22.
- Primary amines of formula 25 and secondary amines of formula 26 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 11 (Ar is an aromatic moiety such as phenyl or pyridyl; R′ is as defined in Scheme 8; and R is, e.g., alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, etc.). A suitable bromide such as 23 can be converted to the corresponding azide 24 first, and then to the desired primary amine 25 via hydrogenation. Finally reductive amination of the appropriate aldehyde R′CHO with the primary amine 25 yields secondary amines of formula 26.
- Amines of formula 32 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 12 wherein Riii and Riv are each, e.g., H, halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, or other suitable substituents. An appropriate substituted o-hydroxycetophenones 27, available by Fries rearrangement, can react with epichlorohydrin and a suitable base to give the corresponding ethers 28. Subjecting 28 to Baeyer-Villiger oxidation provides the acetoxy intermediates 29, which can be saponified and cyclized in one step to provide alcohols 30. Oxidation of the alcohol 30 to the corresponding aldehydes 31 with TPAP and NMO, followed by reductive amination with an desired amine R3NH2 leads to the formation of compounds 32 wherein R3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl.
- Primary amines 36 and secondary amines 37 can be prepared according to the method outlined in Scheme 13 (Riii and Riv are as defined in Scheme 12; R′ is as defined in Scheme 8; Rv is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, etc.). Reaction of a substituted indole 33 with an Fmoc protected amino acid chloride 34, followed by cleavage of the Fmoc group with piperidine in DMF provides a ketone compound 35. Reduction of the carbonyl group of 35 with NaBH4 gives a primary amine 36, which upon treatment with an appropriate aldehyde R′CHO under reductive amination conditions provides a secondary amine 37.
- A series of compounds 42 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 14. Compound 38 can be methylated in the standard fashion as has been described previously to give the desired bis(methylated) product 39. Both benzyl (Bn) groups of 39 can be removed by hydrogenation to give the deprotected compound 40. Treatment with a primary or secondary amines NHR2R3 (R2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, etc.; and R3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, etc) can provide amides of formula 41. The free hydroxyl group of 41 can be converted to a variety of ether analogs 42 by routine methods wherein R can be alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or other suitable groups.
- A series of compounds 44 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 15 (Ar is aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof). Phenols 41 can be converted to the corresponding triflates 43 which then can undergo Pd catalyzed Suzuki coupling to provide compounds 44 wherein R2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl or the like and R3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl.
- A series of compounds 45 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 16 (Ar can be, for example, aryl or heteroaryl or derivatives thereof). The free phenol group of 41 can be coupled with ArB(OH)2 directly to provide the aryl or heteroaryl ether coupling product 45 wherein R2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl or the like and R3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl.
- A series of 4-heterocycloalkyl- or heterocylcoalkylalkyl-ether compounds 46 and 47 can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 17. The free phenol of 41 can be treated with a variety of heterocycloalkyl triflates or heterocycloalkylalkyl halides to provide heterocycloalkyl- or heterocylcoalkylalkyl-ether compounds 46 and 47.
- A series of carboxamides of formula 48 are prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 18 (L is, e.g., —(CH2)m—O— or —(CH2)m—S—; m is, e.g., 0, 1, or 2; Cy1 is, e.g., aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or derivatives thereof.). Carboxylic acids of formula Ia can be coupled to an amine NHR2R3 using a suitable coupling reagent such as BOP to provide the desired compounds 48 wherein R2 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl or the like and R3 can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl.
- As shown in Scheme 19, a series of carboxylic acids of formula 52 can be prepared according to the method outlined, wherein L1 is S or O and R can be aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylakyl or derivative thereof. Reaction of an appropriate thiol or alcohol 49 with methyl bromoacetate in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium or sodium carbonate, triethylamine or sodium hydride in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile or dichloromethane provides thioethers or ethers 50. Treatment of 50 with excess of methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride or LDA and in a suitable solvent such as DMF or THF provides methyl esters 51, which upon basic hydrolysis yield the desired carboxylic acids 52.
- The di-methylation steps can take place sequentially as shown in Scheme 20 (R can be, e.g., aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylakyl or derivatives thereof). Methylation of ethers or thioethers 50 with one equivalent of methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of a suitable base such as NaH, LDA or LiHMDS in a suitable solvent such as DMF or THF, followed by a second alkylation with MeBr(I) in the presence of a base such as NaH and in a solvent such as DMSO provides di-methylated esters 53, which upon basic hydrolysis yield the desired carboxylic acids 54.
- Alternatively, starting with an appropriate cyclo-ketone or cyclo-thioketone 55 (wherein the ring can be carbocyclic or heterocyclic) and following Scheme 21, a series of carboxylic acids of formula 58 wherein the ring is aromatic or non-aromatic can be prepared.
- A series of carboxylic acids of formula 63 wherein L1 is O or S can be prepared by the method outlined in Scheme 22. O- or S-alkylation of compounds 59 with a suitable chloride or bromide provides methyl esters 60. Methylation of the ester 60 with methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of LDA yields mono-methylated esters 61, which can undergo a second methylation with another methyl bromide or methyl iodide in the presence of NaH and in DMSO to provide the corresponding di-methylated esters 62. Finally, basic hydrolysis yields the desired carboxylic acids 63 wherein Cy1 is a cyclic moiety such as aryl or heteroaryl.
- Alternatively, a series of carboxylic acids of formula 67, wherein L1 is O or S and m is 1 or 2, can be prepared according to Scheme 23. Reaction of an appropriate alcohol or thiol 64 wherein Cy1 is a cyclic moiety such as aryl or heteroaryl with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of sodium ethoxide under refluxing conditions provides nitriles 65. Methylation(s) of 65 in the standard fashion as depicted in Scheme 23 provides nitriles 66, which upon basic hydrolysis provide the desired carboxylic acids 67.
- According to Scheme 24, alternatively, especially when Cy1 is heteroaryl, carboxylic acids 73 can be prepared by the reaction of an appropriate alcohol Cy1CH2OH with thioglycolic acid 68 in the presence of a Lewis acid such as zinc trifluoromethanesulfonate, under refluxing conditions. Then 69 can be processed to the desired carboxylic acids 73 in the standard fashion as shown in Scheme 24. Di-methylation of the α-position to the carbonyl can be accomplished either in 2 steps as shown in Scheme 24 or in one step as shown in Scheme 21.
- Compounds of the invention can modulate activity of 11βHSD1 and/or MR. The term “modulate” is meant to refer to an ability to increase or decrease activity of an enzyme or receptor. Accordingly, compounds of the invention can be used in methods of modulating 11βHSD1 and/or MR by contacting the enzyme or receptor with any one or more of the compounds or compositions described herein. In some embodiments, compounds of the present invention can act as inhibitors of 11βHSD1 and/or MR. In further embodiments, the compounds of the invention can be used to modulate activity of 11βHSD1 and/or MR in an individual in need of modulation of the enzyme or receptor by administering a modulating amount of a compound of the invention.
- The present invention further provides methods of inhibiting the conversion of cortisone to cortisol in a cell, or inhibiting the production of cortisol in a cell, where conversion to or production of cortisol is mediated, at least in part, by 11βHSD1 activity. Methods of measuring conversion rates of cortisone to cortisol and vice versa, as well as methods for measuring levels of cortisone and cortisol in cells, are routine in the art.
- The present invention further provides methods of increasing insulin sensitivity of a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention. Methods of measuring insulin sensitivity are routine in the art.
- The present invention further provides methods of treating disease associated with activity or expression, including abnormal activity and overexpression, of 11βHSD1 and/or MR in an individual (e.g., patient) by administering to the individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. Example diseases can include any disease, disorder or condition that is directly or indirectly linked to expression or activity of the enzyme or receptor. An 11βHSD1-associated disease can also include any disease, disorder or condition that can be prevented, ameliorated, or cured by modulating enzyme activity.
- Examples of 11βHSD1-associated diseases include obesity, diabetes, glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, cognitive impairment, dementia, glaucoma, cardiovascular disorders, osteoporosis, and inflammation. Further examples of 11βHSD1-associated diseases include metabolic syndrome, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).
- The present invention further provides methods of modulating MR activity by contacting the MR with a compound of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or composition thereof. In some embodiments, the modulation can be inhibition. In further embodiments, methods of inhibiting aldosterone binding to the MR (optionally in a cell) are provided. Methods of measuring MR activity and inhibition of aldosterone binding are routine in the art.
- The present invention further provides methods of treating a disease associated with activity or expression of the MR. Examples of diseases associated with activity or expression of the MR include, but are not limited to hypertension, as well as cardiovascular, renal, and inflammatory pathologies such as heart failure, atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, coronary artery disease, thrombosis, angina, peripheral vascular disease, vascular wall damage, stroke, dyslipidemia, hyperlipoproteinaemia, diabetic dyslipidemia, mixed dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, and those associated with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, obesity metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance and general aldosterone-related target organ damage.
- As used herein, the term “cell” is meant to refer to a cell that is in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo. In some embodiments, an ex vivo cell can be part of a tissue sample excised from an organism such as a mammal. In some embodiments, an in vitro cell can be a cell in a cell culture. In some embodiments, an in vivo cell is a cell living in an organism such as a mammal. In some embodiments, the cell is an adipocyte, a pancreatic cell, a hepatocyte, neuron, or cell comprising the eye.
- As used herein, the term “contacting” refers to the bringing together of indicated moieties in an in vitro system or an in vivo system. For example, “contacting” the 11βHSD1 enzyme with a compound of the invention includes the administration of a compound of the present invention to an individual or patient, such as a human, having 11βHSD1, as well as, for example, introducing a compound of the invention into a sample containing a cellular or purified preparation containing the 11βHSD1 enzyme.
- As used herein, the term “individual” or “patient,” used interchangeably, refers to any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans.
- As used herein, the phrase “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
- (1) preventing the disease; for example, preventing a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (non-limiting examples are preventing metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS);
- (2) inhibiting the disease; for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as inhibiting the development of metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) or polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), stabilizing viral load in the case of a viral infection; and
- (3) ameliorating the disease; for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual who is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology) such as decreasing the severity of metabolic syndrome, hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, type 2 diabetes, androgen excess (hirsutism, menstrual irregularity, hyperandrogenism) and polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), or lowering viral load in the case of a viral infection.
- When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of the invention can be administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These compositions can be prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art, and can be administered by a variety of routes, depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration may be topical (including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including intranasal, vaginal and rectal delivery), pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal), ocular, oral or parenteral. Methods for ocular delivery can include topical administration (eye drops), subconjunctival, periocular or intravitreal injection or introduction by balloon catheter or ophthalmic inserts surgically placed in the conjunctival sac. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration. Parenteral administration can be in the form of a single bolus dose, or may be, for example, by a continuous perfusion pump. Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations for topical administration may include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable.
- This invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions which contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of the invention above in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In making the compositions of the invention, the active ingredient is typically mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier in the form of, for example, a capsule, sachet, paper, or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
- In preparing a formulation, the active compound can be milled to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it can be milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size can be adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the formulation, e.g. about 40 mesh.
- Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.
- The compositions can be formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient. The term “unit dosage forms” refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
- The active compound can be effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. It will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will usually be determined by a physician, according to the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
- For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, the active ingredient is typically dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition can be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
- The tablets or pills of the present invention can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
- The liquid forms in which the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
- Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra. In some embodiments, the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in can be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be breathed directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device can be attached to a face masks tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions can be administered orally or nasally from devices which deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
- The amount of compound or composition administered to a patient will vary depending upon what is being administered, the purpose of the administration, such as prophylaxis or therapy, the state of the patient, the manner of administration, and the like. In therapeutic applications, compositions can be administered to a patient already suffering from a disease in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease and its complications. Effective doses will depend on the disease condition being treated as well as by the judgment of the attending clinician depending upon factors such as the severity of the disease, the age, weight and general condition of the patient, and the like.
- The compositions administered to a patient can be in the form of pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions can be sterilized by conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. Aqueous solutions can be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile aqueous carrier prior to administration. The pH of the compound preparations typically will be between 3 and 11, more preferably from 5 to 9 and most preferably from 7 to 8. It will be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of pharmaceutical salts.
- The therapeutic dosage of the compounds of the present invention can vary according to, for example, the particular use for which the treatment is made, the manner of administration of the compound, the health and condition of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. The proportion or concentration of a compound of the invention in a pharmaceutical composition can vary depending upon a number of factors including dosage, chemical characteristics (e.g., hydrophobicity), and the route of administration. For example, the compounds of the invention can be provided in an aqueous physiological buffer solution containing about 0.1 to about 10% w/v of the compound for parenteral administration. Some typical dose ranges are from about 1 μg/kg to about 1 g/kg of body weight per day. In some embodiments, the dose range is from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg of body weight per day. The dosage is likely to depend on such variables as the type and extent of progression of the disease or disorder, the overall health status of the particular patient, the relative biological efficacy of the compound selected, formulation of the excipient, and its route of administration. Effective doses can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.
- The compounds of the invention can also be formulated in combination with one or more additional active ingredients which can include any pharmaceutical agent such as anti-viral agents, antibodies, immune suppressants, anti-inflammatory agents and the like.
- Another aspect of the present invention relates to radio-labeled compounds of the invention that would be useful not only in radio-imaging but also in assays, both in vitro and in vivo, for localizing and quantitating the enzyme in tissue samples, including human, and for identifying ligands by inhibition binding of a radio-labeled compound. Accordingly, the present invention includes enzyme assays that contain such radio-labeled compounds.
- The present invention further includes isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention. An “isotopically” or “radio-labeled” compound is a compound of the invention where one or more atoms are replaced or substituted by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature (i.e., naturally occurring). Suitable radionuclides that may be incorporated in compounds of the present invention include but are not limited to 2H (also written as D for deuterium), 3H (also written as T for tritium), 11C, 13C, 14C, 13N, 15N, 15O, 17O, 18O, 18F, 35S, 36Cl, 82Br, 75Br, 76Br, 77Br, 123I, 124I, 125I and 131I. The radionuclide that is incorporated in the instant radio-labeled compounds will depend on the specific application of that radio-labeled compound. For example, for in vitro receptor labeling and competition assays, compounds that incorporate 3H, 14C, 82Br, 125I, 131I, 35S or will generally be most useful. For radio-imaging applications 11C, 18F, 125I, 123I, 124I, 131I, 75Br, 76Br or 77Br will generally be most useful.
- It is understood that a “radio-labeled” or “labeled compound” is a compound that has incorporated at least one radionuclide. In some embodiments the radionuclide is selected from the group consisting of 3H, 14C, 125I, 35S and 82Br.
- Synthetic methods for incorporating radio-isotopes into organic compounds are applicable to compounds of the invention and are well known in the art.
- A radio-labeled compound of the invention can be used in a screening assay to identify/evaluate compounds. In general terms, a newly synthesized or identified compound (i.e., test compound) can be evaluated for its ability to reduce binding of the radio-labeled compound of the invention to the enzyme. Accordingly, the ability of a test compound to compete with the radio-labeled compound for binding to the enzyme directly correlates to its binding affinity.
- The present invention also includes pharmaceutical kits useful, for example, in the treatment or prevention of 11βHSD1-associated diseases or disorders, obesity, diabetes and other diseases referred to herein which include one or more containers containing a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention. Such kits can further include, if desired, one or more of various conventional pharmaceutical kit components, such as, for example, containers with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, additional containers, etc., as will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. Instructions, either as inserts or as labels, indicating quantities of the components to be administered, guidelines for administration, and/or guidelines for mixing the components, can also be included in the kit.
- The invention will be described in greater detail by way of specific examples. The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes, and are not intended to limit the invention in any manner. Those of skill in the art will readily recognize a variety of noncritical parameters which can be changed or modified to yield essentially the same results. The compounds of the example section were found to be inhibitors or antagonists of 11βHSD1 or MR according to one or more of the assays provided herein.
-
- BOP (200 μL, 0.25 M in DMF, 50 μmol) was added to a solution of 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanoic acid (200 μL, 0.25 M in DMF, 50 μmol) at RT, followed by addition of N-methyl morpholine (40 μL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min, then a solution of cyclohexylamine in DMF (200 μL, 0.25 M in DMF, 50 μmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h, and then was adjusted by TFA to PH=2.0, and diluted with DMSO (1100 μL). The resulting solution was purified by prep.-HPLC to afford the desired product 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide. LCMS: (M+H)+=280.0/282.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=328.0/330.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=328.0/330.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=296.0/298.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=268.0/270.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=314.0/316.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=308.1/310.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=330.0/332.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=360.1/362.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=330.0/332.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=296.0/298.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)4=284.0/286.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=332.0/334.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=322.0/324.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=310.1/312.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=330.0/332.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=332.0/334.0; (M−H2O+H)+=314.0/316.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=346.0/348.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=371.1/373.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=350.0/352.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=346.0/348.0.
-
-
- Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 1.08 g, 27.1 mmol) was suspended in DMF (20 mL) and cooled to 0° C. A solution of methyl(phenylthio)acetate (2.15 g, 11.8 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added via cannula at 0° C. After stirring for 10 min at 0° C., methyl iodide (3.67 mL, 59.0 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. It was quenched by the addition of water and EtOAc. After stirring for a few min to dissolve all solids, the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was flash chromatographed (silica, hexanes:ether, 2:1) to provide the desired product (2.25 g, 90.7% yield).
-
- Methyl 2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanoate (1.126 g, 5.35 mmol) was dissolved in THF (15 mL) and methanol (5 mL). That solution was treated with an aqueous solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.12 g, 26.8 mmol in 5 mL of water). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The volatiles were removed and the remaining aqueous solution was acidified with a 1 N HCl solution to pH 2. Ethyl acetate was added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to provide the desired carboxylic acid as a white solid (1.020 g, 97.1% yield).
- 2-Methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanoic acid was converted to the final compound using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=278.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=326.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=326.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=384.1.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=266.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=312.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=306.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=328.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=358.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=328.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=294.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=282.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=330.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=320.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=308.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=328.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=330.0; (M−H2O+H)+=312.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=344.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=369.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=348.0/350.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=344.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=326.0/328.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=374.0/376.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=374.0/376.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=342.0/344.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=314.0/316.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=360.0/362.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=354.1/356.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=376.0/378.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=406.1/408.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=376.0/378.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=342.0/344.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=330.0/332.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 22. LCMS: (M+H)+=378.0/380.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=368.1/370.1.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=356.0/358.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=376.0/378.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=378.1/380.0; (M−H2O+H)=360.0/362.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=392.0/394.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=417.0/419.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=396.0/398.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=392.0/394.0.
-
- This compound was prepared using procedures analogous to those for example 1. LCMS: (M+H)+=306.1/308.1.
-
- A solution of 4-mercaptophenol in dry acetone was treated successively with excess of potassium carbonate and ethyl bromoacetate. The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. After allowing the reaction mixture to cool to rt, it was filtered through celite and washed with acetone. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The layers were separated and the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in-vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes:ether, 3:1 to 1:1) to provide the desired thioether.
- A solution of ethyl [(4-hydroxyphenyl)thio]acetate was dissolved in dry acetone and treated successively with potassium carbonate and benzyl bromide. The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. After allowing the reaction mixture to cool to rt it was filtered through celite and washed with acetone. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The layers were separated and the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in-vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes:ether, 3:1 to 1:1) to provide the desired benzyl ether.
- To a dry flask flushed with N2 was added NaH (60% in mineral oil) and suspended in dry DMF (15 mL). After cooling in an ice-water bath, a solution of the acetate in DMF (20 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for 0.5 h. MeI (excess) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated NH4Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in-vauo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes:ether, 8:1) to provide 0.821 g of the desired demethylated product. The product was confirmed by 1H NMR.
- The title compound was prepared by using a procedure that was analogous to that described for the synthesis of example 22, steps 2 and 3. LCMS: (M+H)+=384.2.
-
- 2-{[4-(Benzyloxy)phenyl]thio}-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide (prepared as example 66) was dissolved in chloroform under an atmosphere of nitrogen. To the solution was added excess TMSI via a dry syringe. The solution was stirred at rt for 16 h. The remaining TMSI was destroyed by adding a few drops of water and the intermediate trimethylsilyl ethers formed were hydrolyzed with MeOH (4 equiv). After stirring for a few min., the volatiles were removed in-vacuo and the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc. The solution was washed successively with an aq. sodium bisulfite solution, a saturated aq. NaHCO3 solution, brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes:EtOAc, 4:1 to 2:1 to neat EtOAc) to provide the desired product as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H)+=294.2.
-
- N-Cyclohexyl-2-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanamide (prepared as example 67) was dissolved in DMF and to this was added potassium carbonate and bromoacetonitrile and the resulting solution was heated to 80° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAC, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with hexane/EtOAc, to provide 19.4 mg of the desired product. LCMS: (M+H)+=333.2.
-
- N-Cyclohexyl-2-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanamide (prepared as example 67) was dissolved in DMF and to the solution was added iodoethane. The solution was cooled in an ice-water bath and treated with NaH (60% in mineral oil). After stirring in the ice-water bath for half an hour and at rt for 2 h, water was added followed by EtOAc. After stirring for 10 min., the layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated.
- The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes:EtOAc, 6:1) to provide the desired product as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H)+=322.2.
-
- The title compound was prepared by using a procedure that was analogous to that described for the synthesis of example 69. LCMS: (M+H)+=334.2,
-
- The title compound was prepared by using a procedure that was analogous to that described for the synthesis of example 69. LCMS: (M+H)+=376.2.
-
- The title compound was prepared by using a procedure that was analogous to that described for the synthesis of example 68. LCMS: (M+H)+=380.2.
-
- Ethyl (4-{[2-(cyclohexylamino)-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethyl]thio}phenoxy)acetate (prepared as example 72) was dissolved in THF/MeOH and treated with an aq. LiOH/H2O solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The volatiles were removed in-vacuo and the residual aq. solution was acidified to pH=2 with a 1 N HCl solution. EtOAc was added and the layers were separated.
- The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to provide the desired carboxylic acid as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H)+=352.2.
-
- 2-{[4-(Allyloxy)phenyl]thio}-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide was dissolved in THF and treated with 9-BBN at rt under N2. After stirring at rt for 18 h, ethanol, 1N NaOH and a 30% H2O2 solution were added successively to the reaction mixture. After stirring for a few hours, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl to pH 2. Water and CH2Cl2 were added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes:EtOAc, 2:1 to 1:1) to provide the desired alcohol as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H)+=352.2.
-
- Ethyl 2-bromo-2-methyl-propanoate and p-chlorophenol was dissolved in dry acetone and treated with potassium carbonate. After stirring at rt for 30 min., the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, hexanes:EtOAc, 9:1, 6:1 to 3:1) to give the desired product, which was used in the following step without further purification.
- The title compound was prepared by using a procedure that was analogous to that described for the synthesis of example 22, steps 2 and 3. LCMS: (M+H)+=296.1/298.1.
- All in vitro assays were performed with clarified lysates as the source of 11βHSD1 activity. HEK-293 transient transfectants expressing an epitope-tagged version of full-length human 11βHSD1 were harvested by centrifugation. Roughly 2×107 cells were resuspended in 40 mL of lysis buffer (25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM MgCl2 and 250 mM sucrose) and lysed in a microfluidizer. Lysates were clarified by centrifugation and the supernatants were aliquoted and frozen.
- Inhibition of 11βHSD1 by test compounds was assessed in vitro by a Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA). Dry test compounds were dissolved at 5 mM in DMSO. These were diluted in DMSO to suitable concentrations for the SPA assay. 0.8 μL of 2-fold serial dilutions of compounds were dotted on 384 well plates in DMSO such that 3 logs of compound concentration were covered. 20 μL of clarified lysate was added to each well. Reactions were initiated by addition of 20 μL of substrate-cofactor mix in assay buffer (25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 0.1 M NaCl, 1 mM MgCl2) to final concentrations of 400 μM NADPH, 25 nM 3H-cortisone and 0.007% Triton X-100. Plates were incubated at 37° C. for one hour. Reactions were quenched by addition of 40 μL of anti-mouse coated SPA beads that had been pre-incubated with 10 μM carbenoxolone and a cortisol-specific monoclonal antibody. Quenched plates were incubated for a minimum of 30 minutes at RT prior to reading on a Topcount scintillation counter. Controls with no lysate, inhibited lysate, and with no mAb were run routinely. Roughly 30% of input cortisone is reduced by 11βHSD1 in the uninhibited reaction under these conditions.
- Test compounds having an IC50 value less than about 20 μM according to this assay were considered active.
- Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) were isolated from normal human volunteers by Ficoll density centrifugation. Cells were plated at 4×105 cells/well in 200 μL of AIM V (Gibco-BRL) media in 96 well plates. The cells were stimulated overnight with 50 ng/ml recombinant human IL-4 (R&D Systems). The following morning, 200 nM cortisone (Sigma) was added in the presence or absence of various concentrations of compound. The cells were incubated for 48 hours and then supernatants were harvested. Conversion of cortisone to cortisol was determined by a commercially available ELISA (Assay Design).
- Test compounds having an IC50 value less than about 20 μM according to this assay were considered active.
- Assays for MR antagonism were performed essentially as described (Jausons-Loffreda et al. J Biolumin and Chemilumin, 1994, 9: 217-221). Briefly, HEK293/MSR cells (Invitrogen Corp.) were co-transfected with three plasmids: 1) one designed to express a fusion protein of the GAL4 DNA binding domain and the mineralocorticoid receptor ligand binding domain, 2) one containing the GAL4 upstream activation sequence positioned upstream of a firefly luciferase reporter gene (pFR-LUC, Stratagene, Inc.), and 3) one containing the Renilla luciferase reporter gene cloned downstream of a thymidine kinase promoter (Promega). Transfections were performed using the FuGENE6 reagent (Roche). Transfected cells were ready for use in subsequent assays 24 hours post-transfection.
- In order to evaluate a compound's ability to antagonize the MR, test compounds were diluted in cell culture medium (E-MEM, 10% charcoal-stripped FBS, 2 mM L-glutamine) supplemented with 1 nM aldosterone and applied to the transfected cells for 16-18 hours. After the incubation of the cells with the test compound and aldosterone, the activity of firefly luciferase (indicative of MR agonism by aldosterone) and Renilla luciferase (normalization control) were determined using the Dual-Glo Luciferae Assay System (Promega). Antagonism of the mineralocorticoid receptor was determined by monitoring the ability of a test compound to attenuate the aldosterone-induced firefly luciferase activity.
- Compounds having an IC50 of 100 μM or less were considered active.
- Various modifications of the invention, in addition to those described herein, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. Each reference, including all patent, patent applications, and publications, cited in the present application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Claims (37)
1. A compound of Formula I:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is phenyl, Cy1-(CH2)m—O— or Cy1-(CH2)m—S—, wherein said phenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
R2 is —(CR4R5)nCy2, —(CR4R5)tCy3, or Cy4;
R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R6 is H or C1-6alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R1a and R1b are independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)ORg or ORg;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
Cy2 is:
U is CH2, NH or O;
W, W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
X, X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y, Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z, Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W—X—Y—Z is other than H;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Rg is H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
j is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
m is 0, 1, or 2;
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
r is 1 or 2; and
t is 2 or 3;
with the provisos:
a) when R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a and R2 is (CR4R5)tCy3, at least one of R4 and R5 is other than H;
b) when R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a and R2 is Cy2, Cy2 is other than 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-piperidine-4-yl, 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-benzyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-piperidin-4-yl or cyclohexyl substituted by one NRcRd; and
c) when R2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
2. The compound of claim 1 having the structure of formula II:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R6 is H or C1-6alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R1a and R1b are independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Cy2 is:
U is CH2, NH or O;
W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-6 dialkylamino;
Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
r is 1 or 2;
with the provisos:
a) when n is 0, Cy2 is other than 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-piperidine-4-yl, 1-[3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-piperidin-4-yl or cyclohexyl substituted by one NRcRd; and
b) when n is 0 and Cy2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
3. The compound of claim 2 having the structure of formula IIa:
wherein:
R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R7 is halo, CN, NO2, OH, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, S(O)2NRcRd, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6, alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
Cy2 is:
R1a is halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
r is 1 or 2;
t is 2 or 3; and
v is 2, 3, 4 or 5;
with the proviso that when Cy2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
4. The compound of claim 2 having the structure of Formula IIaa:
wherein:
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R7 is halo, CN, NO2, OH, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, S(O)2NRcRd, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
Cy2 is:
R1a is halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRc, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C1-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
r is 1 or 2;
v is 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
u1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
5. The compound of claim 2 having the structure of Formula IIb:
wherein:
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R1a and R1b are independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Cy2 is:
U is CH2, NH or O;
W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-4 alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C1-6 alkynylenyl are each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4, haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C2-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
n is 1, 2 or 3;
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
q3 is 1, 2 or 3;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
r is 1 or 2; and
u is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
6. The compound of claim 1 having the structure of Formula III:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R1a is each independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
t is 2 or 3; and
u is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
with the proviso that at least one of R4 and R5 is other than H.
7. The compound of claim 3 having the structure of Formula IIIa:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R4′ is halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, or C1-4 haloalkoxy;
R5′ is H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R1a is independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
t1 is 1 or 2; and
u is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
8. The compound of claim 1 having the structure of formula IV:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R1a is halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)ORg or ORg;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Rg is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
u is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
j is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
9. The compound of claim 1 having the structure of Formula V:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2, (CR4R5)tCy3, or Cy4;
R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R6 is H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R1a and R1b are each, independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R1c is halo, OH, C1-4alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)ORg or ORg;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
Cy2 is:
U is CH2, NH or O;
W, W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino or C2-6 dialkylamino;
X, X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y, Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-4 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z, Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-6 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″; or wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″; or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W—X—Y—Z is other than H;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Rg is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
m is 0, 1, or 2;
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
t is 2 or 3;
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
q3 is 1, 2 or 3;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
r is 1 or 2; and
j is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
10. The compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is phenyl optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl.
11. The compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-6 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl.
12. The compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is phenyl substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2, dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, or C1-6 haloalkyl.
13. The compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is 4-chlorophenyl optionally substituted by 1 or 2 halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, or C1-6 haloalkyl.
16. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2; and
Cy2 is
R8 is C2-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein C2-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH; and
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
17. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2;
R6 is H;
R8 is C2-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein C2-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH;
Cy2 is
—W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C2-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group; and
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
19. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2;
Cy2 is:
—W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
Ra is H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; and
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group.
20. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2;
Cy2 is:
—W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is independently halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C2-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NReRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
Ra is H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group; and
v is 2, 3, 4 or 5.
21. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2;
Cy2 is:
R7 is halo, CN, NO2, OH, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, S(O)2NRcRd, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; and
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
with the proviso that when n is 0 and Cy2 is cyclohexyl, R1 is other than 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl.
23. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2;
Cy2 is:
24. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2;
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
Cy2 is:
r is 1 or 2;
—W′—X′—Y′—Z′ and —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ are each halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
q4 is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
q5 is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
25. The compound of claim 1 wherein R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2, and n is 1, 2 or 3.
26. The compound of claim 1 wherein R2 is (CR4R5)tCy3 and t is 2.
27. The compound of claim 1 wherein R2 is (CR4R5)tCy3 and t is 3.
28. The compound of claim 1 wherein:
R2 is (CR4′R5′)(CR4R5)t1Cy3;
R4′ is halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, or C1-4 haloalkoxy;
R5′ is, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino; and
t1 is 1 or 2.
31. A compound selected from:
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-N-[(1S)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]propanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-N-[(1R)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]propanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[(1R,2R)-2-(benzyloxy)cyclohexyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)propanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-N-(2-phenylcyclopropyl)propanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[(1S)-1-cyclohexylethyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[1-(3-hydroxy-4-methylbenzyl)propyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-phenylethyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
N-[(1R)-1-benzyl-2-hydroxyethyl]-2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[3-(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-{[(trans)-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]methyl}-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[(1R,2S)-2-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[(1S,2R)-2-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-phenylethyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
N-[(1S)-1-benzyl-2-methoxyethyl]-2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[(1S)-2-hydroxy-1-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)ethyl]-2-methyl propanamide;
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[2-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-methylethyl]-2-methyl-2-propanamide; and
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-2-ylmethyl)-2-methylpropanamide; and
2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-cyclopentyl-N-cyclopropyl-2-methylpropanamide, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
32. A compound of claim 1 selected from:
N-Cyclohexyl-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)-N-[(1S)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]propanamide;
2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)-N-[(1R)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]propanamide;
N-[(1R,2R)-2-(benzyloxy)cyclohexyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)propanamide;
2-methyl-N-(2-phenylcyclopropyl)-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[(1S)-1-cyclohexylethyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[1-(3-hydroxy-4-methylbenzyl)propyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-phenylethyl)-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[(1R)-1-benzyl-2-hydroxyethyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[3-(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo [2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-{[(trans)-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]methyl}-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[(1R,2S)-2-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)-propanamide;
N-[(1S,2R)-2-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-phenylethyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[(1S)-1-benzyl-2-methoxyethyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[(1S)-2-hydroxy-1-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)ethyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-[2-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-methylethyl]-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
N-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-2-ylmethyl)-2-methyl-2-(phenylthio)propanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-Cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide;
2-{[4-(benzyloxy)phenyl]thio}-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide;
N-cyclohexyl-2-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-{[4-(cyanomethoxy)phenyl]thio}-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide;
N-cyclohexyl-2-[(4-ethoxyphenyl)thio]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-{[4-(allyloxy)phenyl]thio}-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide;
N-cyclohexyl-2-methyl-2-{[4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]thio}propanamide;
ethyl (4-{[2-(cyclohexylamino)-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethyl]thio}phenoxy)acetate;
(4-{[2-(cyclohexylamino)-1,1-dimethyl-2-oxoethyl]thio}phenoxy)acetic acid;
N-cyclohexyl-2-{[4-(3-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]thio}-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-2-methyl-N-[(1S)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]propanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-2-methyl-N-[(1R)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]-propanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[(1R,2R)-2-(benzyloxy)cyclohexyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-2-methyl-N-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)propanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-2-methyl-N-(2-phenylcyclopropyl)propanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[(1S)-1-cyclohexylethyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[1-(3-hydroxy-4-methylbenzyl)propyl]-2-methyl-propanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-phenylethyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-(3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-(3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2-methylpropanamide;
N-[(1R)-1-benzyl-2-hydroxyethyl]-2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[3-(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-{[(trans)-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]methyl}-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[(1R,2S)-2-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[(1S,2R)-2-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-phenylethyl]-2-methylpropanamide;
N-[(1S)-1-benzyl-2-methoxyethyl]-2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-2-methylpropanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[(1S)-2-hydroxy-1-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)ethyl]-2-methyl propanamide;
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-[2-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-methylethyl]-2-methyl-2-propanamide; and
2-[(2-chlorobenzyl)thio]-N-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-2-ylmethyl)-2-methylpropanamide; and
2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropanamide, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
33. A composition comprising a compound of claim 1 , 31 , or 32 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
34. A method of modulating 11βHSD1 or MR comprising contacting said 11βHSD1 or MR with a compound of Formula I:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is phenyl, Cy1-(CH2)m—O— or Cy1-(CH2)m—S—, wherein said phenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2, (CR4R5)tCy3, or Cy4;
R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4;
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R1a and R1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)ORg or ORg;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-6 dialkylamino;
Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
Cy2 is:
U is CH2, NH or O;
W, W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
X, X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y, Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z, Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-4 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C2-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″; or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W—X—Y—Z is other than H;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W″—X″—Y″—Z″ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Rg is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
m is 0, 1, or 2;
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
t is 2 or 3;
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
r is 1 or 2;
j is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
35. The method of claim 34 wherein said modulating is inhibiting.
36. A method of treating a disease in a patient, wherein said disease is associated with expression or activity of 11βHSD1 or MR, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 is phenyl, Cy1-(CH2)m—O— or Cy1-(CH2)m—S—, wherein said phenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 R1a;
R2 is (CR4R5)nCy2, (CR4R5)tCy3, or Cy4;
R3 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C3-6cycloalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each, independently, H, halo, OH, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, wherein said C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more R4a;
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH;
R1a and R1b are, each independently, halo, CN, NO2, ORa, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C2-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-4alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
R1c is halo, OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, phenyl, benzyl, C(O)ORg or ORg;
R4a is halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
Cy2 is:
U is CH2, NH or O;
W, W′ and W″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6alkynylenyl is each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
X, X′ and X″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-4 alkynylenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6alkynylenyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y, Y′ and Y″ are each, independently, absent, C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl, C2-6 alkynylenyl, O, S, NRe, CO, COO, CONRe, SO, SO2, SONRe, or NReCONRf, wherein said C1-6 alkylenyl, C2-6 alkenylenyl or C2-6 alkynylenyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8dialkylamino;
Z, Z′ and Z″ are each, independently, H, halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-4 alkylamino or C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rd, NRcC(O)ORa, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, or S(O)2NRcRd;
wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W—X—Y—Z together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with the atom to which they are both attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 3-20 membered cycloalkyl group or 3-20 membered heterocycloalkyl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
or wherein two —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ together with two adjacent atoms to which they are attached optionally form a 5- or 6-membered aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
wherein —W—X—Y—Z is other than H;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
wherein —W′—X′—Y′—Z′ is other than H;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rb is H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl;
Rc and Rd are each, independently, H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Re and Rf are each, independently, H, C2-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl;
or Re and Rf together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group;
Rg is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or cycloalkylalkyl;
m is 0, 1, or 2;
n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
t is 2 or 3;
q1 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
q2 is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
q3 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
r is 1 or 2;
j is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
37. The method of claim 36 wherein said disease is obesity, diabetes, glucose intolerance, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, lipodystrophy, cognitive impairment, dementia, glaucoma, hypertension, cardiovascular disorders, osteoporosis, hypertension, a cardiovascular, renal or inflammatory disease, heart failure, atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, coronary artery disease, thrombosis, angina, peripheral vascular disease, vascular wall damage, stroke, dyslipidemia, hyperlipoproteinaemia, diabetic dyslipidemia, mixed dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, insulin resistance or general aldosterone-related target organ damage.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/698,261 US20100137401A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2010-02-02 | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US58247704P | 2004-06-24 | 2004-06-24 | |
US11/159,865 US7687665B2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2005-06-23 | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US12/698,261 US20100137401A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2010-02-02 | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/159,865 Division US7687665B2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2005-06-23 | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20100137401A1 true US20100137401A1 (en) | 2010-06-03 |
Family
ID=35782362
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/159,865 Expired - Fee Related US7687665B2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2005-06-23 | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US12/698,261 Abandoned US20100137401A1 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2010-02-02 | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/159,865 Expired - Fee Related US7687665B2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2005-06-23 | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US7687665B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1768954A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2008504280A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2584502A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006002361A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20070213311A1 (en) * | 2006-03-02 | 2007-09-13 | Yun-Long Li | Modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
Families Citing this family (51)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7064211B2 (en) * | 2002-03-22 | 2006-06-20 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Hemiasterlin derivatives and uses thereof |
US7880001B2 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2011-02-01 | Abbott Laboratories | Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase Type 1 enzyme |
US20100222316A1 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2010-09-02 | Abbott Laboratories | Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme |
US8415354B2 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2013-04-09 | Abbott Laboratories | Methods of use of inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme |
TWI350168B (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2011-10-11 | Incyte Corp | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
MXPA06014573A (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2007-03-12 | Incyte Corp | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals. |
MXPA06014572A (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2007-03-12 | Incyte Corp | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals. |
CA2584502A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-05 | Incyte Corporation | 2-methylpropanamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
JP2008504279A (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2008-02-14 | インサイト・コーポレイション | Amide compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
EP1773780A4 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2008-01-09 | Incyte Corp | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
WO2006012226A2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2006-02-02 | Incyte Corporation | N-substituted piperidines and their use as pharmaceuticals |
CN101080226A (en) * | 2004-08-10 | 2007-11-28 | 因塞特公司 | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
CN105251024A (en) * | 2004-08-23 | 2016-01-20 | 西伦蒂斯私人股份公司 | Treatment of eye disorders |
ATE452631T1 (en) * | 2004-08-30 | 2010-01-15 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | N-2-ADAMANTANYL-2-PHENOXY-ACETAMIDE DERIVATIVES AS 11-BETAHYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE INHIBITORS |
US8110581B2 (en) * | 2004-11-10 | 2012-02-07 | Incyte Corporation | Lactam compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
WO2006053024A2 (en) * | 2004-11-10 | 2006-05-18 | Incyte Corporation | Lactam compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
EP1824842A4 (en) * | 2004-11-18 | 2009-08-26 | Incyte Corp | Inhibitors of 11- hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 and methods of using the same |
ATE555081T1 (en) | 2005-01-05 | 2012-05-15 | Abbott Lab | ADAMANTYL DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF THE 11-BETA-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE-1 ENZYME |
US8198331B2 (en) | 2005-01-05 | 2012-06-12 | Abbott Laboratories | Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme |
CA2594116A1 (en) | 2005-01-05 | 2006-07-13 | Abbott Laboratories | Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme |
US20090192198A1 (en) | 2005-01-05 | 2009-07-30 | Abbott Laboratories | Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme |
WO2006105127A2 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Takeda San Diego, Inc. | Hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitors |
WO2006132197A1 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2006-12-14 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND HAVING TYPE I 11β HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY |
WO2007038138A2 (en) * | 2005-09-21 | 2007-04-05 | Incyte Corporation | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
GB0521351D0 (en) * | 2005-10-20 | 2005-11-30 | Genomica Sau | Modulation of TRPV expression levels |
GB0521716D0 (en) * | 2005-10-25 | 2005-11-30 | Genomica Sau | Modulation of 11beta-hydroxysteriod dehydrogenase 1 expression for the treatment of ocular diseases |
JP5475288B2 (en) | 2005-12-05 | 2014-04-16 | インサイト・コーポレイション | Lactam compound and method using the same |
WO2007084314A2 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-26 | Incyte Corporation | MODULATORS OF 11-ß HYDROXYL STEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE 1, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, AND METHODS OF USING THE SAME |
EA200870216A1 (en) * | 2006-01-31 | 2009-02-27 | Инсайт Корпорейшн | AMIDO COMPOUNDS AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICINES |
PA8713501A1 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2009-09-17 | Wyeth Corp | 11-BETA HYDROXIESTEROID DEHYDROGENASA INHIBITORS - 11ßHSD1 |
WO2007103719A2 (en) * | 2006-03-03 | 2007-09-13 | Incyte Corporation | MODULATORS OF 11-β HYDROXYL STEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE 1, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, AND METHODS OF USING THE SAME |
JP5240775B2 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2013-07-17 | 塩野義製薬株式会社 | Isoxazole derivatives and isothiazole derivatives having type I 11β hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitory activity |
WO2007120083A1 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2007-10-25 | Astrazeneca Ab | The use of carboxamide derivatives in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of inflammatory, allergic and dermatological conditions |
EP2013163A1 (en) * | 2006-05-01 | 2009-01-14 | Incyte Corporation | Tetrasubstituted ureas as modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 |
US7838544B2 (en) * | 2006-05-17 | 2010-11-23 | Incyte Corporation | Heterocyclic inhibitors of 11-β hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 and methods of using the same |
CA2672267C (en) * | 2006-07-27 | 2016-05-31 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Arylsulfanyl compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
KR20180099916A (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2018-09-05 | 메타베이시스 테라퓨틱스, 인크. | Novel antagonists of the glucagon receptor |
US8466296B2 (en) * | 2007-03-26 | 2013-06-18 | Ligand Pharmaceuticals | Compounds and processes for preparing substituted aminomethyl-2,3,8,9-tetrahydro-7H-1,4-dioxino[2,3-e]indol-8-ones |
CL2008001839A1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2009-01-16 | Incyte Holdings Corp | Compounds derived from 2,7-diazaspirocycles, inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1; pharmaceutical composition comprising said compounds; Useful to treat obesity, diabetes, glucose intolerance, type II diabetes, among other diseases. |
JP5736098B2 (en) | 2007-08-21 | 2015-06-17 | アッヴィ・インコーポレイテッド | Pharmaceutical composition for treating central nervous system disorders |
EP3153501B1 (en) | 2008-08-13 | 2018-11-28 | Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Glucagon antagonists |
ES2350077B1 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2011-11-04 | Laboratorios Salvat, S.A. | INHIBITING COMPOUNDS OF 11BETA-HYDROXIESTEROID DEHYDROGENASE TYPE 1. |
GB201215857D0 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2012-10-24 | Sylentis Sau | siRNA and their use in methods and compositions for the treatment and/or prevention of eye conditions |
AU2012389270B2 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2018-11-08 | Sylentis S.A.U. | siRNA and their use in methods and compositions for the treatment and/or prevention of eye conditions |
WO2015132303A1 (en) | 2014-03-04 | 2015-09-11 | Sylentis Sau | Sirnas and their use in methods and compositions for the treatment and/or prevention of eye conditions |
WO2015191900A1 (en) | 2014-06-12 | 2015-12-17 | Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glucagon antagonists |
CN105085345B (en) * | 2015-08-14 | 2016-09-14 | 天津小新医药科技有限公司 | MENTHOL class P2Y12 receptor antagonist containing nitro and application thereof |
CN105085346B (en) * | 2015-08-14 | 2017-03-29 | 天津小新医药科技有限公司 | MENTHOL class P2Y12 receptor antagonist of amino-contained and application thereof |
EP3235813A1 (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2017-10-25 | Cidqo 2012, S.L. | Aza-tetra-cyclo derivatives |
EP3947388A4 (en) | 2019-04-02 | 2022-12-21 | Aligos Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds targeting prmt5 |
TR202002326A2 (en) * | 2020-02-17 | 2021-08-23 | Bahcesehir Ueniversitesi | Drg-mdm2-5 for use as a novel mouse double minute 2 (mdm2) inhibitor |
Citations (57)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3097209A (en) * | 1960-03-14 | 1963-07-09 | Res Lab Dr C Janssen N V | 1-aroyalkyl-4-arylpiperidine-carboxamides |
US3328156A (en) * | 1963-03-08 | 1967-06-27 | Spencer Chem Co | Method of controlling plant growth |
US3666860A (en) * | 1966-12-23 | 1972-05-30 | Gerald Berkelhammer | Substituted nitroimidazolylthiadiazoles and oxadiazoles as antiprotozoal agents |
US3849403A (en) * | 1968-04-29 | 1974-11-19 | American Home Prod | 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,1,5,5-tetrasubstituted-1h-3-benzazepines |
US3933829A (en) * | 1974-08-22 | 1976-01-20 | John Wyeth & Brother Limited | 4-Aminoquinoline derivatives |
US4001422A (en) * | 1974-07-25 | 1977-01-04 | Pfizer Inc. | 4-aminoquinazoline cardiac stimulants |
US4013445A (en) * | 1974-10-31 | 1977-03-22 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | 1-(Bis-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2-oxo-pyrrolidine-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their production and their use as plant-growth regulators and herbicides |
US4076819A (en) * | 1975-05-30 | 1978-02-28 | Parcor | Thieno-pyridine derivatives and therapeutic composition containing same |
US4145435A (en) * | 1976-11-12 | 1979-03-20 | The Upjohn Company | 2-aminocycloaliphatic amide compounds |
US4439606A (en) * | 1982-05-06 | 1984-03-27 | American Cyanamid Company | Antiatherosclerotic 1-piperazinecarbonyl compounds |
US5076961A (en) * | 1989-07-10 | 1991-12-31 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Mesomorphic compound, liquid crystal composition containing same and liquid crystal device using same |
US5244894A (en) * | 1991-06-27 | 1993-09-14 | Synthelabo | 2-aminopyrimidine-4-carboxamide derivatives, their preparation and their use in therapeutics |
US5292745A (en) * | 1991-02-05 | 1994-03-08 | Elf Sanofi | Use of 4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine derivatives as free radical scavengers |
US5442064A (en) * | 1992-10-12 | 1995-08-15 | Dr. Karl Thomae Gmbh | Carboxylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and processes for preparing them |
US5614534A (en) * | 1993-05-17 | 1997-03-25 | Fournier Industrie Et Sante | Derivatives of β, β-dimethyl-4-piperidineethanamine as inhibitors of the cholesterol biosynthesis |
US5633247A (en) * | 1989-12-08 | 1997-05-27 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nitrogen-containing spirocycles |
US5668138A (en) * | 1994-09-15 | 1997-09-16 | Adir Et Compagnie | Phenoyalkylpiperazine derivatives |
US5693567A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-12-02 | Xerox Corporation | Separately etching insulating layer for contacts within array and for peripheral pads |
US5817678A (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 1998-10-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
US5852029A (en) * | 1990-04-10 | 1998-12-22 | Israel Institute For Biological Research | Aza spiro compounds acting on the cholinergic system with muscarinic agonist activity |
US5981754A (en) * | 1995-06-28 | 1999-11-09 | Sanofi | 4-aryl-1-phenylalkyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridines having neurotrophic and neuroprotective activity |
US6547958B1 (en) * | 2001-07-13 | 2003-04-15 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Hydrocarbon conversion using zeolite SSZ-59 |
US20030106045A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-06-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Object-oriented creation breakpoints |
US20030203922A1 (en) * | 2001-01-12 | 2003-10-30 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted amine derivatives and methods of use |
US20030229119A1 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2003-12-11 | Kym Philip R. | Antagonists of melanin concentrating hormone effects on the melanin concetrating hormone receptor |
US20030236284A1 (en) * | 2002-06-14 | 2003-12-25 | Alcon, Inc. | Use of hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid compounds to treat vaginal dryness |
US20040072802A1 (en) * | 2002-10-09 | 2004-04-15 | Jingwu Duan | Beta-amino acid derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteases and TNF-alpha |
US6770748B2 (en) * | 1997-03-07 | 2004-08-03 | Takeshi Imanishi | Bicyclonucleoside and oligonucleotide analogue |
US20040188324A1 (en) * | 2003-03-26 | 2004-09-30 | Saleh Elomari | Hydrocarbon conversion using molecular sieve SSZ-65 |
US20050020645A1 (en) * | 2001-06-20 | 2005-01-27 | Daiichi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Diamine derivatives |
US20050080078A1 (en) * | 2000-09-11 | 2005-04-14 | Sepracor, Inc. | Method of treating addiction or dependence using a ligand for a monoamine receptor or transporter |
US20050282858A1 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2005-12-22 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20050288338A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2005-12-29 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20050288329A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2005-12-29 | Wenqing Yao | 2-Methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060004049A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-05 | Wenqing Yao | N-substituted piperidines and their use as pharrmaceuticals |
US20060009491A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-12 | Incyte Corporation | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060009471A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-12 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060019977A1 (en) * | 2002-10-18 | 2006-01-26 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Spiroheterocyclic derivative compounds and drugs comprising the compound as the active ingredient |
US20060116382A1 (en) * | 2004-11-10 | 2006-06-01 | Wenqing Yao | Lactam compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060122210A1 (en) * | 2004-11-18 | 2006-06-08 | Wenqing Yao | Inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type I and methods of using the same |
US20060122197A1 (en) * | 2004-08-10 | 2006-06-08 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060149070A1 (en) * | 2005-01-05 | 2006-07-06 | Rohde Jeffrey J | Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme |
US7074788B2 (en) * | 2001-11-22 | 2006-07-11 | Biovitrum Ab | Inhibitors of 11-beta-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase type 1 |
US20060199816A1 (en) * | 2005-03-03 | 2006-09-07 | Paul Gillespie | Aryl sulfonyl piperidines |
US7119091B2 (en) * | 1999-12-03 | 2006-10-10 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Triazaspiro[5.5]undecane derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising thereof, as an active ingredient |
US7122532B2 (en) * | 1995-08-29 | 2006-10-17 | The University Of Edinburgh | Regulation of intracellular glucocorticoid concentrations |
US20070066584A1 (en) * | 2005-09-21 | 2007-03-22 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20070129345A1 (en) * | 2005-12-05 | 2007-06-07 | Jincong Zhuo | Lactam compounds and methods of using the same |
US20070197530A1 (en) * | 2006-01-31 | 2007-08-23 | Yun-Long Li | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20070197506A1 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-08-23 | Wenqing Yao | Modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
US20070208001A1 (en) * | 2006-03-03 | 2007-09-06 | Jincong Zhuo | Modulators of 11- beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
US20070213311A1 (en) * | 2006-03-02 | 2007-09-13 | Yun-Long Li | Modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
US20070270424A1 (en) * | 2006-05-17 | 2007-11-22 | Yun-Long Li | Heterocyclic inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 and methods of using the same |
US20070275990A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2007-11-29 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Heterocyclic Spiro Compound |
US20070293529A1 (en) * | 2006-05-01 | 2007-12-20 | Yun-Long Li | Tetrasubstituted ureas as modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 |
US20080288317A1 (en) * | 2007-05-18 | 2008-11-20 | Bank Of America Corporation | Resource Demand Capacity Mechanism |
US20080318991A1 (en) * | 2007-06-21 | 2008-12-25 | Incyte Corporation | Spirocycles as inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 |
Family Cites Families (45)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE136963C (en) | ||||
FR1600908A (en) * | 1968-11-14 | 1970-08-03 | Hypocholesterolaemic and anorexigenic - phenoxy alkanoylaralkylamines | |
DE2114420A1 (en) * | 1971-03-25 | 1972-10-05 | Merck Patent Gmbh, 6100 Darmstadt | Substituted phenylalkanol derivatives and processes for their preparation |
ES427013A1 (en) * | 1974-06-05 | 1976-07-16 | Alter Sa | A procedure for the preparation of certain amides of the acid 2- (p-chlorophenoxy) -2-methylpropionic. (Machine-translation by Google Translate, not legally binding) |
CA1325217C (en) * | 1983-11-07 | 1993-12-14 | John T. Lai | 3,5-dialkyl-4-hydroxyphenyl-substituted derivatives |
JPS60149562A (en) | 1984-01-13 | 1985-08-07 | Kyorin Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Novel piperidine derivative and preparation thereof |
EP0273659A1 (en) | 1986-12-27 | 1988-07-06 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Azaspiro compounds, their production and use |
DE3920616A1 (en) | 1989-06-23 | 1991-01-03 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING DI-TERT.-BUTYLHYDROXYPHENYL DERIVATIVES AND NEW DERIVATIVES |
JPH04334357A (en) | 1991-05-02 | 1992-11-20 | Fujirebio Inc | Acyl derivative having enzyme-inhibiting action |
FR2734265B1 (en) | 1995-05-17 | 1997-06-13 | Adir | NOVEL HETEROCYCLIC SPIRO COMPOUNDS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
EP0854869B1 (en) | 1995-09-29 | 2004-08-25 | Eli Lilly And Company | Spiro compounds as inhibitors of fibrinogen-dependent platelet aggregation |
BR9710434A (en) | 1996-05-01 | 1999-08-17 | Ortho Pharma Corp | Piperidine and hexahidroazepine carboxyamide derivatives for the treatment of thrombotic disorders |
SI0921125T1 (en) | 1997-12-05 | 2002-04-30 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | 1,3,8-Triazaspiro(4,5)decan-4-on derivatives |
US6087368A (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2000-07-11 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Quinazolinone inhibitors of cGMP phosphodiesterase |
US6562823B1 (en) | 1998-07-02 | 2003-05-13 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of prenyl-protein transferase |
CA2315050C (en) | 1998-10-16 | 2009-02-03 | Suntory Limited | Aminophenoxyacetic acid derivatives and pharmaceutical composition containing thereof |
JP2002541138A (en) | 1999-04-02 | 2002-12-03 | デュポン ファーマシューティカルズ カンパニー | Novel amide derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteases, TNF-α and aggrecanase |
US6774132B1 (en) | 1999-07-21 | 2004-08-10 | Astrazeneca Ab | Spirooxindole derivatives that act as analgesics |
AU1244001A (en) | 1999-10-27 | 2001-05-08 | Cor Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyridyl-containing spirocyclic compounds as inhibitors of fibrinogen-dependent platelet aggregation |
RU2265021C2 (en) | 1999-12-03 | 2005-11-27 | Оно Фармасьютикал Ко., Лтд. | Derivatives of triazaspiro[5,5]undecane (variants), pharmaceutical composition and method for control of chemokine/chemokine receptor |
NZ521248A (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2004-04-30 | Bristol Myers Squibb Pharma Co | Cyclic beta-amino acid derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteases and TNF-alpha |
AP2002002664A0 (en) * | 2000-04-26 | 2002-12-31 | Warner Lambert Co | Cyclohexylamine derivative as subtype selective NMDA receptor antagonists. |
US6448281B1 (en) | 2000-07-06 | 2002-09-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. | Viral polymerase inhibitors |
AU2001275870A1 (en) | 2000-07-06 | 2002-01-21 | Fal Diagnostics | Methods and kits for the detection of arginine compounds |
US6496627B1 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2002-12-17 | Tyco Telecommunications (Us) Inc. | Device and method for improved long term signal attenuation performance of fiber optic cable and apparatus interfaces |
WO2002022572A2 (en) | 2000-09-11 | 2002-03-21 | Sepracor, Inc. | Ligands for monoamine receptors and transporters, and methods of use thereof (neurotransmission) |
US6656953B2 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2003-12-02 | Sepracor Inc. | 4,4-Disubstituted piperidines, and methods of use thereof |
WO2002058690A2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2002-08-01 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Methods for the treatment of diseases using malonyl-coa decarbox ylase inhibitors |
WO2002069973A1 (en) | 2001-03-02 | 2002-09-12 | Sepracor, Inc. | Piperidine-piperazine ligand for neurotransmitter receptors |
EP1379237A2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2004-01-14 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Pyrrolidine sulfonamides |
IL158593A0 (en) | 2001-05-11 | 2004-05-12 | Biovitrum Ab | Novel, arylsulfonamide compounds for the treatment of obesity, type ii diabetes and cns-disorders |
GB0118238D0 (en) | 2001-07-26 | 2001-09-19 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Medicaments |
PE20030417A1 (en) | 2001-09-13 | 2003-08-06 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | DERIVATIVES OF UREA AS ANTAGONISTS OF THE VAINILLOID RECEPTOR |
AU2002363236A1 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-12 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use therefor |
GB0126292D0 (en) | 2001-11-01 | 2002-01-02 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Compounds |
US6649606B1 (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2003-11-18 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | Tetrahydroisoquinoline analogs as modulators of chemokine receptor activity |
US7030141B2 (en) | 2001-11-29 | 2006-04-18 | Christopher Franklin Bigge | Inhibitors of factor Xa and other serine proteases involved in the coagulation cascade |
AU2002360561A1 (en) | 2001-12-11 | 2003-06-23 | Sepracor, Inc. | 4-substituted piperidines, and methods of use thereof |
ATE486842T1 (en) * | 2002-03-12 | 2010-11-15 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | SUBSTITUTED AMIDES |
GB0213715D0 (en) * | 2002-06-14 | 2002-07-24 | Syngenta Ltd | Chemical compounds |
JP2005529975A (en) * | 2002-06-19 | 2005-10-06 | イーライ・リリー・アンド・カンパニー | Amide linker peroxisome proliferator activated receptor modulator |
WO2004056744A1 (en) * | 2002-12-23 | 2004-07-08 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Adamantyl acetamides as hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitors |
MXPA06014573A (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2007-03-12 | Incyte Corp | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals. |
ATE538124T1 (en) * | 2004-11-12 | 2012-01-15 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | IMIDAZOCONDENSED TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS BASED ON THIAZOLOA4,5-BUPYRIDINE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THEREOF |
TW200715993A (en) * | 2005-06-15 | 2007-05-01 | Senomyx Inc | Bis-aromatic amides and their uses as sweet flavor modifiers, tastants, and taste enhancers |
-
2005
- 2005-06-23 CA CA002584502A patent/CA2584502A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-06-23 EP EP05763245A patent/EP1768954A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-06-23 US US11/159,865 patent/US7687665B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-06-23 JP JP2007518304A patent/JP2008504280A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-06-23 WO PCT/US2005/022434 patent/WO2006002361A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2010
- 2010-02-02 US US12/698,261 patent/US20100137401A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (60)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3097209A (en) * | 1960-03-14 | 1963-07-09 | Res Lab Dr C Janssen N V | 1-aroyalkyl-4-arylpiperidine-carboxamides |
US3328156A (en) * | 1963-03-08 | 1967-06-27 | Spencer Chem Co | Method of controlling plant growth |
US3666860A (en) * | 1966-12-23 | 1972-05-30 | Gerald Berkelhammer | Substituted nitroimidazolylthiadiazoles and oxadiazoles as antiprotozoal agents |
US3849403A (en) * | 1968-04-29 | 1974-11-19 | American Home Prod | 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,1,5,5-tetrasubstituted-1h-3-benzazepines |
US4001422A (en) * | 1974-07-25 | 1977-01-04 | Pfizer Inc. | 4-aminoquinazoline cardiac stimulants |
US3933829A (en) * | 1974-08-22 | 1976-01-20 | John Wyeth & Brother Limited | 4-Aminoquinoline derivatives |
US4013445A (en) * | 1974-10-31 | 1977-03-22 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | 1-(Bis-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2-oxo-pyrrolidine-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their production and their use as plant-growth regulators and herbicides |
US4076819A (en) * | 1975-05-30 | 1978-02-28 | Parcor | Thieno-pyridine derivatives and therapeutic composition containing same |
US4145435A (en) * | 1976-11-12 | 1979-03-20 | The Upjohn Company | 2-aminocycloaliphatic amide compounds |
US4439606A (en) * | 1982-05-06 | 1984-03-27 | American Cyanamid Company | Antiatherosclerotic 1-piperazinecarbonyl compounds |
US5076961A (en) * | 1989-07-10 | 1991-12-31 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Mesomorphic compound, liquid crystal composition containing same and liquid crystal device using same |
US5633247A (en) * | 1989-12-08 | 1997-05-27 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Nitrogen-containing spirocycles |
US5852029A (en) * | 1990-04-10 | 1998-12-22 | Israel Institute For Biological Research | Aza spiro compounds acting on the cholinergic system with muscarinic agonist activity |
US5292745A (en) * | 1991-02-05 | 1994-03-08 | Elf Sanofi | Use of 4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine derivatives as free radical scavengers |
US5244894A (en) * | 1991-06-27 | 1993-09-14 | Synthelabo | 2-aminopyrimidine-4-carboxamide derivatives, their preparation and their use in therapeutics |
US5442064A (en) * | 1992-10-12 | 1995-08-15 | Dr. Karl Thomae Gmbh | Carboxylic acid derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and processes for preparing them |
US5614534A (en) * | 1993-05-17 | 1997-03-25 | Fournier Industrie Et Sante | Derivatives of β, β-dimethyl-4-piperidineethanamine as inhibitors of the cholesterol biosynthesis |
US5668138A (en) * | 1994-09-15 | 1997-09-16 | Adir Et Compagnie | Phenoyalkylpiperazine derivatives |
US5693567A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-12-02 | Xerox Corporation | Separately etching insulating layer for contacts within array and for peripheral pads |
US5981754A (en) * | 1995-06-28 | 1999-11-09 | Sanofi | 4-aryl-1-phenylalkyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridines having neurotrophic and neuroprotective activity |
US7122532B2 (en) * | 1995-08-29 | 2006-10-17 | The University Of Edinburgh | Regulation of intracellular glucocorticoid concentrations |
US5817678A (en) * | 1995-11-22 | 1998-10-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
US6770748B2 (en) * | 1997-03-07 | 2004-08-03 | Takeshi Imanishi | Bicyclonucleoside and oligonucleotide analogue |
US7119091B2 (en) * | 1999-12-03 | 2006-10-10 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Triazaspiro[5.5]undecane derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising thereof, as an active ingredient |
US20050080078A1 (en) * | 2000-09-11 | 2005-04-14 | Sepracor, Inc. | Method of treating addiction or dependence using a ligand for a monoamine receptor or transporter |
US20030203922A1 (en) * | 2001-01-12 | 2003-10-30 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted amine derivatives and methods of use |
US20050020645A1 (en) * | 2001-06-20 | 2005-01-27 | Daiichi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Diamine derivatives |
US6547958B1 (en) * | 2001-07-13 | 2003-04-15 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Hydrocarbon conversion using zeolite SSZ-59 |
US7074788B2 (en) * | 2001-11-22 | 2006-07-11 | Biovitrum Ab | Inhibitors of 11-beta-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase type 1 |
US20030106045A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-06-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Object-oriented creation breakpoints |
US20030229119A1 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2003-12-11 | Kym Philip R. | Antagonists of melanin concentrating hormone effects on the melanin concetrating hormone receptor |
US20030236284A1 (en) * | 2002-06-14 | 2003-12-25 | Alcon, Inc. | Use of hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid compounds to treat vaginal dryness |
US20040072802A1 (en) * | 2002-10-09 | 2004-04-15 | Jingwu Duan | Beta-amino acid derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteases and TNF-alpha |
US20060019977A1 (en) * | 2002-10-18 | 2006-01-26 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Spiroheterocyclic derivative compounds and drugs comprising the compound as the active ingredient |
US20040188324A1 (en) * | 2003-03-26 | 2004-09-30 | Saleh Elomari | Hydrocarbon conversion using molecular sieve SSZ-65 |
US20070275990A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2007-11-29 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Heterocyclic Spiro Compound |
US20080255154A1 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2008-10-16 | Incyte Corporation | Amido Compounds And Their Use As Pharmaceuticals |
US20070179142A1 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2007-08-02 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20050282858A1 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2005-12-22 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20050288329A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2005-12-29 | Wenqing Yao | 2-Methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060004049A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-05 | Wenqing Yao | N-substituted piperidines and their use as pharrmaceuticals |
US20060009471A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-12 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060009491A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-12 | Incyte Corporation | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US7687665B2 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2010-03-30 | Incyte Corporation | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20050288338A1 (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2005-12-29 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060122197A1 (en) * | 2004-08-10 | 2006-06-08 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060116382A1 (en) * | 2004-11-10 | 2006-06-01 | Wenqing Yao | Lactam compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20060122210A1 (en) * | 2004-11-18 | 2006-06-08 | Wenqing Yao | Inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type I and methods of using the same |
US20060149070A1 (en) * | 2005-01-05 | 2006-07-06 | Rohde Jeffrey J | Inhibitors of the 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme |
US20060199816A1 (en) * | 2005-03-03 | 2006-09-07 | Paul Gillespie | Aryl sulfonyl piperidines |
US20070066584A1 (en) * | 2005-09-21 | 2007-03-22 | Wenqing Yao | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20070129345A1 (en) * | 2005-12-05 | 2007-06-07 | Jincong Zhuo | Lactam compounds and methods of using the same |
US20070197506A1 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-08-23 | Wenqing Yao | Modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
US20070197530A1 (en) * | 2006-01-31 | 2007-08-23 | Yun-Long Li | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
US20070213311A1 (en) * | 2006-03-02 | 2007-09-13 | Yun-Long Li | Modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
US20070208001A1 (en) * | 2006-03-03 | 2007-09-06 | Jincong Zhuo | Modulators of 11- beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
US20070293529A1 (en) * | 2006-05-01 | 2007-12-20 | Yun-Long Li | Tetrasubstituted ureas as modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 |
US20070270424A1 (en) * | 2006-05-17 | 2007-11-22 | Yun-Long Li | Heterocyclic inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 and methods of using the same |
US20080288317A1 (en) * | 2007-05-18 | 2008-11-20 | Bank Of America Corporation | Resource Demand Capacity Mechanism |
US20080318991A1 (en) * | 2007-06-21 | 2008-12-25 | Incyte Corporation | Spirocycles as inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20070213311A1 (en) * | 2006-03-02 | 2007-09-13 | Yun-Long Li | Modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2006002361A2 (en) | 2006-01-05 |
JP2008504280A (en) | 2008-02-14 |
US20050288329A1 (en) | 2005-12-29 |
CA2584502A1 (en) | 2006-01-05 |
WO2006002361A3 (en) | 2006-05-26 |
EP1768954A4 (en) | 2008-05-28 |
US7687665B2 (en) | 2010-03-30 |
EP1768954A2 (en) | 2007-04-04 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7687665B2 (en) | 2-methylprop anamides and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
US20050288338A1 (en) | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
US20060009491A1 (en) | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
US8288417B2 (en) | N-substituted piperidines and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
US7838544B2 (en) | Heterocyclic inhibitors of 11-β hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 and methods of using the same | |
US20060009471A1 (en) | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
US20050288317A1 (en) | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
US20070293529A1 (en) | Tetrasubstituted ureas as modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 | |
US20090298808A1 (en) | Inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type i and methods of using the same | |
US20060122197A1 (en) | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
US20070213311A1 (en) | Modulators of 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of using the same | |
US20070066584A1 (en) | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
KR20070031954A (en) | Amido compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: INCYTE CORPORATION,DELAWARE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:XU, MEIZHONG;AGRIOS, KONSTANTINOS;METCALF, BRIAN;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090217 TO 20090429;REEL/FRAME:024328/0290 Owner name: INCYTE CORPORATION,DELAWARE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:YAO, WENQING;ZHANG, COLIN;ZHUO, JINCONG;SIGNING DATES FROM 20050808 TO 20050809;REEL/FRAME:024328/0130 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |